Body +

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX
2009 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT Body - Grand Caravan, Town & Country
2009 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT

Body - Grand Caravan, Town & Country
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING: Use an OSHA approved breathing filter when spraying paint or solvents in
a confined area. Personal injury can result.
Avoid prolonged skin contact with petroleum or alcohol-based cleaning
solvents. Personal injury can result.
Do not stand under a hoisted vehicle that is not properly supported on
safety stands. Personal injury can result.
CAUTION: When holes must be drilled or punched in an inner body panel, verify
depth of space to the outer body panel, electrical wiring, or other
components. Damage to vehicle can result.
Do not weld exterior panels unless combustible material on the interior of
vehicle is removed from the repair area. Fire or hazardous conditions can
result.
Always have a fire extinguisher ready for use when welding.
Disconnect the negative (-) cable clamp from the battery when servicing
electrical components that are live when the ignition is OFF. Damage to
electrical system can result.
Do not use abrasive chemicals or compounds on painted surfaces.
Damage to finish can result.
Do not use harsh alkaline-based cleaning solvents on painted or
upholstered surfaces. Damage to finish or color can result.
Do not hammer or pound on plastic trim panel when servicing interior trim.
Plastic panels can break.
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

WATER LEAKS
Water leaks can be caused by poor sealing, improper body component alignment, body seam porosity, missing
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:55
1:04:37 PM
Page 1
2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

plugs, or blocked drain holes. Centrifugal and gravitational force can cause water to drip from a location away
from the actual leak point, making leak detection difficult. All body sealing points should be water tight in
normal wet-driving conditions. Water flowing downward from the front of the vehicle should not enter the
passenger or luggage compartment. Moving sealing surfaces will not always seal water tight under all
conditions. At times, side glass or door seals will allow water to enter the passenger compartment during high
pressure washing or hard driving rain (severe) conditions. Overcompensating on door or glass adjustments to
stop a water leak that occurs under severe conditions can cause premature seal wear and excessive closing or
latching effort. After completing a repair, water test vehicle to verify leak has stopped before returning vehicle
to use.
VISUAL INSPECTION BEFORE WATER LEAK TESTS
Verify that floor and body plugs are in place, body drains are clear, and body components are properly aligned
and sealed. If component alignment or sealing is necessary, refer to the appropriate Service Information for
proper procedures.
WATER LEAK TESTS
WARNING: Do not use electric shop lights or tools in water test area. Personal injury
can result.
When the conditions causing a water leak have been determined, simulate the conditions as closely as possible.
If a leak occurs with the vehicle parked in a steady light rain, flood the leak area with an open-ended
garden hose.
If a leak occurs while driving at highway speeds in a steady rain, test the leak area with a reasonable
velocity stream or fan spray of water. Direct the spray in a direction comparable to actual conditions.
If a leak occurs when the vehicle is parked on an incline, hoist the end or side of the vehicle to simulate
this condition. This method can be used when the leak occurs when the vehicle accelerates, stops or turns.
If the leak occurs on acceleration, hoist the front of the vehicle. If the leak occurs when braking, hoist the
back of the vehicle. If the leak occurs on left turns, hoist the left side of the vehicle. If the leak occurs on
right turns, hoist the right side of the vehicle. For hoisting recommendations, refer to Vehicle Quick
Reference/Hoisting - Standard Procedure .
WATER LEAK DETECTION
To detect a water leak point-of-entry, do a water test and watch for water tracks or droplets forming on the
inside of the vehicle. If necessary, remove interior trim covers or panels to gain visual access to the leak area. If
the hose cannot be positioned without being held, have someone help do the water test.
Some water leaks must be tested for a considerable length of time to become apparent. When a leak appears,
find the highest point of the water track or drop. The highest point usually will show the point of entry. After
leak point has been found, repair the leak and water test to verify that the leak has stopped.
Locating the entry point of water that is leaking into a cavity between panels can be difficult. The trapped water
may splash or run from the cavity, often at a distance from the entry point. Most water leaks of this type become
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 2
This manual is sold and compiled by

Fixyourcar2008@aol.com. Duplication and resell is not
permitted.

apparent after accelerating, stopping, turning, or when on an incline.

MIRROR INSPECTION METHOD
When a leak point area is visually obstructed, use a suitable mirror to gain visual access. A mirror can also be
used to deflect light to a limited-access area to assist in locating a leak point.
BRIGHT LIGHT LEAK TEST METHOD
Some water leaks in the luggage compartment can be detected without water testing. Position the vehicle in a
brightly lit area. From inside the darkened luggage compartment inspect around seals and body seams. If
necessary, have a helper direct a drop light over the suspected leak areas around the luggage compartment. If
light is visible through a normally sealed location, water could enter through the opening.
PRESSURIZED LEAK TEST METHOD
When a water leak into the passenger compartment cannot be detected by water testing, pressurize the
passenger compartment and soap test exterior of the vehicle. To pressurize the passenger compartment, close all
doors and windows, start engine, and set heater control to high blower in HEAT position. If engine can not be
started, connect a charger to the battery to ensure adequate voltage to the blower. With interior pressurized,
apply dish detergent solution to suspected leak area on the exterior of the vehicle. Apply detergent solution with
spray device or soft bristle brush. If soap bubbles occur at a body seam, joint, seal or gasket, the leak entry point
could be at that location.
WIND NOISE
Wind noise is the result of most air leaks. Air leaks can be caused by poor sealing, improper body component
alignment, body seam porosity, or missing plugs in the engine compartment or door hinge pillar areas. All body
sealing points should be airtight in normal driving conditions. Moving sealing surfaces will not always seal
airtight under all conditions. At times, side glass or door seals will allow wind noise to be noticed in the
passenger compartment during high cross winds. Over compensating door or glass adjustments to stop wind
noise that occurs under severe conditions can cause premature seal wear and excessive closing or latching
effort. After a repair procedure has been performed, test vehicle to verify noise has stopped before returning
vehicle to use.
VISUAL INSPECTION BEFORE TESTS
Verify that floor and body plugs are in place and body components are aligned and sealed. If component
alignment or sealing is necessary, refer to the appropriate Service information for proper procedures.
ROAD TESTING WIND NOISE
1. Drive the vehicle to verify the general location of the wind noise.
2. Apply 50 mm (2 in.) masking tape in 150 mm (6 in.) lengths along weatherstrips, weld seams or
moldings. After each length is applied, drive the vehicle. If noise goes away after a piece of tape is
applied, remove tape, locate, and repair defect.
POSSIBLE CAUSE OF WIND NOISE
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 3

Moldings standing away from body surface can catch wind and whistle.
Gaps in sealed areas behind overhanging body flanges can cause wind-rushing sounds.
Misaligned movable components.
Missing or improperly installed plugs in pillars.
Weld burn through holes.
STANDARD PROCEDURE
BUZZ, SQUEAKS AND RATTLES
Buzz, Squeaks and Rattles (BSR's) may be caused by any one or more of the following and may be corrected as
indicated:
Loose fasteners should be tightened to specifications.

Damaged or missing clips should be replaced.
Damaged trim panels should be replaced.
Incorrectly installed trim panels should be reinstalled properly.
Many BSR complaints such as loose trim, can be serviced using various tapes or lubricants. Tapes including
foam, flock and anti-squeak, can be used to eliminate noises caused by metal, plastic and vinyl components.
Long life lubricants and greases can also be used on a variety of components. Refer to BUZZ, SQUEAKS
AND RATTLES for materials and usage.
BUZZ, SQUEAKS AND RATTLES
ITEM
FEATURES
ITCH AND
An abrasion resistant
SQUEAK TAPE
material thin enough to
conform to most irregular
surfaces. Stops most itches
and squeaks.
BLACK NYLON
Nylon Flock with an
FLOCK
aggressive acrylic adhesive.
Provides for cushioning and
compression fit, also isolates
components. Water-resistant.
HIGH DENSITY
Tear resistant, highly
URETHANE FOAM resilient and durable.
OPEN CELL FOAM Soft foam conforms to

TAPE
irregular surfaces.
CLOSED CELL
Soft, conformable. Water-
APPLICATIONS
SERVICE TEMP
Between metal and metal, metal -40 to 107 C
and plastic, metal and vinyl,
(-40 to 225 F)
vinyl and plastic. Interior.
Examples: Trim panels and
bezels.
and plastic, vinyl and plastic. (-40 to 180 F)
Examples: Pull cups, bezels,
clips, ducts, top cover to glass,
cowl panel.
and plastic. Water-resistant.
(-40 to 180 F)
Examples: I/P, heavy metal
rattles, isolating brackets.
Wire harness and connector
-40 to 82 C
wrap.
(-40 to 180 F)
Examples: Seals, gasket,
wiring, heat ducts.
Wherever bulk is needed.
-40 to 82 C
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 4

LOW DENSITY
FOAM TAPE
NYE GREASE
880
KRYTOX OIL
KRYTOX
GREASE
resistant.
Prevents closing flutters and

(-40 to 180 F)
rattles when applied to door
watershield.
Examples: Door, I/P.
Long life.
Suspensions.
-40 to 200 C
Examples: Strut bushings, sway (-40 to 390 F)
bars.
Long life. Will not dry out or When access is not possible, oil -34 to 205 C
harm plastics or rubber.
will migrate to condition. Vinyl, (-30 to 400 F)
rubber, plastic, metal.
Examples: Convertible top
bushings, pull cups trim panel
inserts.
Long life. Will not dry out or Vinyl, rubber, plastic, metal,
-34 to 205 C
harm plastics or rubber.
glass.
(-30 to 400 F)
Examples: Weather-strips,
backlite and windshield
moldings.
HEAT STAKING
1. Remove trim panel.
2. Bend or move the trim panel components at the heat staked joints. Observe the heat staked locations
and/or component seams for looseness.
3. Heat stake the components.
a. If the heat staked or component seam location is loose, hold the two components tightly together
and using a soldering gun with a flat tip, melt the material securing the components together. Do
not over heat the affected area, damage to the exterior of the trim panel may occur.
b. If the heat staked material is broken or missing, use a hot glue gun to apply new material to the area
to be repaired. The panels that are being heat staked must be held together while the applying the
glue. Once the new material is in place, it may be necessary to use a soldering gun to melt the
newly applied material. Do not over heat the affected area, damage to the exterior of the trim panel
may occur.
4. Allow the repaired area to cool and verify the repair.
5. Install trim panel.
PLASTIC BODY PANEL REPAIR
SAFETY PRECAUTION AND WARNINGS
WARNING: Eye protection should be used when servicing components. Personal

injury can result.
Use an OSHA approved breathing mask when mixing epoxy, grinding, and
spraying paint or solvents in a confined area. Personal injury can result.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 5

Avoid prolonged skin contact with resin, petroleum, or alcohol based

solvents. Personal injury can result.
Do not venture under a hoisted vehicle that is not properly supported on
safety stands. Personal injury can result.
CAUTION: When holes must be drilled or cut in body panels, verify locations of
internal body components and electrical wiring. Damage to vehicle can
result.
Do not use abrasive chemicals or compounds on undamaged painted
surfaces around repair areas. Damage to finish can result.
There are many different types of plastics used in today's automotive environment. We group plastics in three
different categories: Rigid, Semi-Rigid, and Flexible. Any of these plastics may require the use of an adhesion
promoter for repair. These types of plastic are used extensively on Chrysler Motors vehicles. Always follow
repair material manufacturer's plastic identification and repair procedures.
RIGID PLASTICS
Examples of rigid plastic use: Fascias, Hoods, Doors, and other Body Panels, which include SMC, ABS, and
Polycarbonates.
SEMI-RIGID PLASTICS
Examples of semi-rigid plastic use: Interior Panels, Under Hood Panels, and other Body Trim Panels.
FLEXIBLE PLASTICS
Examples of flexible plastic use: Fascias, Body Moldings, and upper and lower Fascia Covers.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
The repair procedure for all three categories of plastics is basically the same. The one difference is the material
used for the repair. The materials must be specific for each substrate, rigid repair material for rigid plastic
repair, semi-rigid repair material for semi-rigid plastic repair and flexible repair material for flexible plastic
repair.
ADHESION PROMOTER/SURFACE MODIFIER
Adhesion Promoters/Surface Modifiers are required for certain plastics. All three categories may have plastics
that require the use of adhesion promoter/surface modifiers. Always follow repair material manufacturer's
plastic identification and repair procedures.
RIGID, SEMI-RIGID, AND FLEXIBLE PLASTIC PARTS TYPES
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 6

CODE
ASA
ABS
ABS/PC
ABS/PVC
BMC
EMA
METTON
MPPO
PA
PET
PBT/PPO
PBTP
PBTP/EEBC
PC
PC/ABS
PPO
PPO/PA
PR/FV
PS
RTM
SMC
TMC
UP
EEBC
EEBC/PBTP
FAMILY NAME
COMMON TRADE
NAME
Acrylonitrile Styrene Acrylite Lurans
Acrylonitrile Butadiene
Terluran
Styrene
ABS/PC Alloy
Pulse, Proloy, Bayblend
ABS/PV Alloy
Proloy, Pulse, Lustran,
Cyclovin
Bulk Molding Compound
BMC
Ehtylene Methyl
Surlyn, EMA, Ionomer
Acrylate/Ionomer
Metton
Metton
TYPICAL APPLICATION
Consoles, Grilles
"A" Pillars, Consoles, Grilles
Doors, Instrument Panels
Door Panels, Grilles, Trim
Fender Extensions
Bumper Guards, Pads
Grilles, Kick Panels,
Running Boards
Spoiler Assembly
Fenders, Quarter Panels
Modified Polyphenylene Oxide MPPO

Polyamid
Zytel, Vydyne, PA,
Minlon
Thermoplastic Polyester
Rynite
Trim
PBT/PPO Alloy
Germax
Claddings
Polybutylene Therepthalate
PBT, PBTP, Pocan, Valox Wheel Covers, Fenders,
Grilles
Polybutylene
Bexloy, "M", PBTP/EEBC Fascias, Rocker Panel,
Therepthalate/EEBC Alloy
Moldings
Polycarbonate
Lexan, Merlon, Calibre,
Tail Light Lenses, I/P Trim,
Makrolon PC
Valance Panels
PC/ABS Alloy
Germax, Bay Blends,
Doors, Instrument Panels
Pulse
Polyphenylene Oxide
Azdel, Hostalen, Marlex, Interior Trim, Door Panels,
Prfax, Noryl, GTX, PPO Splash Shields, Steering
Column Shroud
Polyphenylene/Polyamid
PPO/PA, GTX 910
Fenders, Quarter Panels
Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Fiberglass, FV, PR/FV
Body Panels
Polystyrene
Lustrex, Styron, PS
Door Panels, Dash Panels
Resin Transfer Molding
RTM
Body Panels
Compound
Sheet Molded Compound
SMC
Body Panels
Transfer Molding Compound TMC
Grilles
Unsaturated Polyester
SMC, BMC, TMC, ZMC, Grille Opening Panel,
(Thermosetting)
IMC, XSMC, UP
Liftgates, Flareside Fenders,
Fender Extensions
Ether/Ester Blocked CoEEBC
Bumpers
Polymer
EEBC/Polybutylene
EEBC, PBTP, BEXLOY Bumper, Rocker Panels
Terepthalate
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 7

EMPP
MPU
PE
Ethylene Modified
Polypropylene
Ethylene/Propropylene Diene
Monomer
Ethylene/Propropylene CoPolymer
Foam Polyurethane
Polyethylene
PP
Polypropylene (Blends)
EPDM
EPM
PP/EPDM
PUR
PUR/PC
PVC
RIM
RRIM
TPE
TPO
TPP
TPU
EMPP
Bumper Covers
EPDM, Nordel, Vistalon
Bumpers
EPM
Fenders
MPU
Alathon, Dylan, Lupolen,
Marlex
Noryl, Azdel, Marlox,
Dylon, Pravex
Spoilers
-
Inner Fender, Spoilers, Kick

Panels, A-Pillars, Door
Panels, B-Pillars, Quarter
Panels, Sport Bar Trim,
Liftgate Trim, Decklid Trim
Scuff Plates, Kick Panels,
Consoles
PP/EPDM Alloy
PP/EPDM
Spoilers, Grilles
Polyurethane
Colonels, PUR, PU
Fascias, Bumpers
PUR/PC Alloy
Texin
Bumpers
Polyvinyl Chloride
Apex, Geon, Vinylite
Body Moldings, Wire
Insulation, Steering Wheels
Reaction Injected Molded
RIM, Bayflex
Front Fascias, Modular
Polyurethane
Windows
Reinforced Reaction Injected PUR, RRIM
Fascias, Body Panels, Body
Molded
Trims
Thermo Polyethylene
TPE, Hytrel, Bexloy-V
Fascias, Bumpers, Claddings
Thermopolyolefin
Polytrope, Renflex,
Bumpers, End Caps, Telcar,
Santoprene, Visaflex,
Rubber, Strips, Sight, Interior
ETA, Apex, TPO, Shields, B-Pillar
Claddings
Thermo-Polypropylene
TPP
Bumpers
Thermopolyurethane, Polyester TPU, Hytrel, Texin, Estane Bumpers, Body Side,
Moldings, Fenders, Fascias
PANEL SECTIONING
If it is required to section a large panel for a plastic repair, it will be necessary to reinforce the panel. To bond
two plastic panels together, a reinforcement must overlap both panels. The panels must be "V'd" at a 20 degree
angle. The area to be reinforced should be washed, then sanded. Be sure to wipe off any excess soap and water
when finished. Lightly sand or abrade the plastic with an abrasive pad or sandpaper. Blow off any dust with
compressed air or wipe with a clean dry rag.
When bonding plastic panels, Follow repair material manufacturers recommendations. Be sure that enough
adhesive has been applied to allow squeeze out and to fill the full bond line. Once the pieces have been brought
together, do not move them until the adhesive is cured. The assembly can be held together with clamps, rivets,
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 8

etc. A faster cure can be obtained by heating with a heat lamp or heat gun. After the parts have been bonded and
have had time to cure, rough sand the seam and apply the final adhesive filler to the area being repaired. Smooth
the filler with a spreader, wooden tongue depressor, or squeegee. For fine texturing, a small amount of water
can be applied to the filler surface while smoothing. The cured filler can be sanded as necessary and, as a final
step, cleanup can be done with soapy water. Wipe the surface clean with a dry cloth allowing time for the panel
to dry before moving on with the repair.
PANEL REINFORCEMENT
Structural repair procedures for rigid panels with large cracks and holes will require a reinforcement backing.
Reinforcements can be made with several applications of glass cloth saturated with structural adhesive. Semirigid or flexible repair materials should be used for semi-rigid or flexible backing reinforcement. Open meshed
fiberglass dry wall tape can be used to form a reinforcement. The dry wall tape allows the resin to penetrate
through and make a good bond between the panel and the adhesive. Structurally, the more dry wall tape used,
the stronger the repair.
Another kind of repair that can be done to repair large cracks and holes is to use a scrap piece of similar plastic
and bond with structural adhesive. The reinforcement should cover the entire break and should have a generous
amount of overlap on either side of the cracked or broken area.
When repairing plastic, the damaged area is first "V'd" out, or beveled. Large bonding areas are desirable when
repairing plastic because small repairs are less likely to hold permanently. Beveling the area around a crack at a
20 degree angle will increase the bonding surface for a repair. It is recommended that sharp edges be avoided
because the joint may show through after the panel is refinished.
Panel repair for both flexible and rigid panels are basically the same. The primary difference between
flexible panel repair and rigid panel repair is in the adhesive materials used.
The technician should first decide what needs to be done when working on any type of body panel. One
should determine if it is possible to return the damage part to its original strength and appearance without
exceeding the value of the replacement part.
When plastic repairs are required, it is recommended that the part be left on the vehicle when ever
possible. That will save time, and the panel will remain stationary during the repair. Misalignment can
cause stress in the repair areas and can result in future failure.
VISUAL INSPECTION
Composite materials can mask the severity of an accident. Adhesive bond lines, interior structure of the doors,
and steel structures need to be inspected carefully to get a true damage assessment. Close inspection may
require partial removal of interior trim or inner panels.
Identify the type of repair: Puncture or Crack - Damage that has penetrated completely through the panel.
Damage is confined to one general area; a panel section is not required. However, a backer panel, open
fiberglass tape, or matted material must be bonded from behind.
PANEL SURFACE PREPARATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 9

If a body panel has been punctured, cracked, or crushed, the damaged area must be removed from the panel to
achieve a successful repair. All spider web cracks leading away from a damaged area must be stopped or
removed. To stop a running crack in a panel, drill a 6 mm (0.250 in.) hole at the end of the crack farthest away
from the damage. If spider web cracks can not be stopped, the panel would require replacement. The surfaces
around the damaged area should be stripped of paint and freed from wax and oil. Scuff surfaces around repair
area with 360 grit wet/dry sandpaper, or equivalent, to assure adhesion of repair materials.
PATCHING PANELS
An panel that has extensive puncture type damage can be repaired by cutting out the damaged material. Use a
suitable reciprocating saw or cut off wheel to remove the section of the panel that is damaged. The piece cut out
can be used as a template to shape the new patch. It is not necessary to have access to the back of the panel to
install a patch. Bevel edges of cutout at 20 degrees to expose a larger bonding area on the outer side. This will
allow for an increased reinforcement areas.
PANEL PATCH FABRICATIONS
A patch can be fabricated from any rigid fiberglass panel that has comparable contour with the repair area. Lift
gates and fenders can be used to supply patch material. If existing material is not available or compatible, a
patch can be constructed with adhesive and reinforcement mesh (dry wall tape). Perform the following
operation if required:
1. Cover waxed paper or plastic with adhesive backed nylon mesh (dry wall tape) larger than the patch
required.
2. Tape waxed paper or plastic sheet with mesh to a surface that has a compatible contour to the repair area.
3. Apply a liberal coat of adhesive over the reinforcement mesh. If necessary apply a second or third coat of
adhesive and mesh after first coat has cured. The thickness of the patch should be the same as the repair
area.
4. After patch has cured, peel waxed paper or plastic from the back of the patch.
5. If desired, a thin film coat of adhesive can be applied to the back of the patch to cover mesh for added
strength.
PANEL PATCH INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Make a paper or cardboard pattern the size and shape of the cutout hole in the panel.
Trim 3 mm (0.125 in.) from edges of pattern so patch will have a gap between connecting surfaces.
Using the pattern as a guide, cut the patch to size.
Cut scrap pieces of patch material into 50 mm (2 in.) squares to use as patch supports to sustain the patch
in the cutout.
Drill 4 mm (0.160 in.) holes 13 mm (0.5 in.) in from edge of cutout hole.
Drill 4 mm (0.160 in.) holes 13 mm (0.5 in.) away from edge of patch across from holes drilled around
cutout.
Drill 3 mm (0.125 in.) holes in the support squares 13 mm (0.5 in.) from the edge in the center of one
side.
Scuff the backside of the body panel around the cutout hole with a scuff pad or sandpaper.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 10

9. Mix enough adhesive to cover one side of all support squares.

10. Apply adhesive to cover one side of all support squares.
11. Using number 8 sheet metal screws, secure support squares to back side of body panel with adhesive
sandwiched between the panel and squares.
12. Position patch in cutout against support squares and adjust patch until the gap is equal along all sides.
13. Drill 3 mm (0.125 in.) holes in the support squares through the pre-drilled holes in the patch.
14. Apply a coat of adhesive to the exposed ends of the support squares.
15. Install screws to hold the patch to support squares. Tighten screws until patch surface is flush with panel
surface.
16. Allow adhesive to cure, and remove all screws.
17. Using a 125 mm (5 in.) 24 grit disc grinder, grind a 50 mm (2 in.) to 75 mm (3 in.) wide and 2 mm (0.080
in.) deep path across the gaps around the patch. With compressed air, blow dust from around patch.
18. Apply adhesive backed nylon mesh (dry wall tape) over gaps around patch.
19. Mix enough adhesive to cover the entire patch area.
20. Apply adhesive over the mesh around patch, and smooth epoxy with a wide spreader to reduce finish
grinding. Use two to three layers of mesh and adhesive to create a stronger repair.
PATCHED PANEL SURFACING
After patch panel is installed, the patch area can be finished using the same methods as finishing other types of
body panels. If mesh material is exposed in the patched area, grind surface down, and apply a coat of high
quality rigid plastic body filler. Prime, block sand, and paint as required.
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS
Body mechanisms and linkages should be inspected, cleaned, and lubricated, as required, to maintain ease of
operation and to provide protection against rust and wear. When performing other under hood services, the hood
latch release mechanism and safety catch should be inspected, cleaned, and lubricated. During the winter
season, external door lock cylinders should be lubricated to assure proper operation when exposed to water and
ice.
Prior to the application of any lubricant, the parts concerned should be wiped clean to remove dust and grit. If
necessary, a suitable solvent can be used to clean the item to be lubricated. After lubricating a component, any
excess oil or grease should be removed.
LUBRICANT APPLICATION
DOOR LOCK CYLINDERS
1. Apply a small amount of lubricant directly into the lock cylinder.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 11

2. Apply a small amount of lubricant to the key.

3. Insert key into lock cylinder and cycle the mechanism from the locked to the unlocked position.
NOTE:
Do not add more lubricant.
4. Cycle the lock cylinder mechanism several times to allow the lubricant to flow throughout the cylinder.
5. Wipe all lubricant from exterior of lock cylinder and key.
ALL OTHER BODY MECHANISMS
1. Clean component as described above.

2. Apply specified lubricant to all pivoting and sliding contact areas of component.
LUBRICANT USAGE
ENGINE OIL
Door Hinges - Hinge Pin and Pivot Contact Areas

Hood Hinges - Pivot Points
Liftgate Hinges
MOPAR SPRAY WHITE LUBE OR EQUIVALENT
Door Check Straps

Liftgate Latches
Liftgate Prop Pivots
Ash Receiver
Fuel Filler Door Remote Control Latch Mechanism
Parking Brake Mechanism
Sliding Seat Tracks
Liftgate Latch
MOPAR MULTIPURPOSE GREASE OR EQUIVALENT
All Other Hood Mechanisms
MOPAR LOCK CYLINDER LUBRICANT OR EQUIVALENT
Door Lock Cylinders

Liftgate Lock Cylinder
SPECIAL TOOLS
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 12

SPECIAL TOOLS
Fig. 1: Trim Stick C-4755

Courtesy of CHRYSLER LLC
Fig. 2: Trim Remover, C-4829-A

Fig. 3: Outer Door Belt Molding Remover, 9093

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:37 PM
Page 13

Fig. 4: Seat Articulation Clip - 9313

BODY STRUCTURE
GAP AND FLUSH
Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
DESCRIPTION
BODY GAP AND FLUSH
FIGURE
Fig. 5
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 14

Fig. 5: Identifying Gap And Flush Points

NOTE:
All dimensions are in millimeters.
O/F = Over Flush
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 15

U/F = Under Flush

U/D = Up/Down
F/A = Fore/Aft
DIMENSION
1
DESCRIPTION
Headlamp to Hood
GAP
3.5 +/- 2.3
Parallel within 2.0
Hood to Fender
Fender to
Body Side Aperture
Body Side Aperture (Apillar) to Front Door
Header
Body Side Aperture (Apillar) to Sliding Door
(Above Glass)
Front Door Applique to
Sliding Door Applique
(Above Belt)
Sliding Door to
Body Side Aperture
Rear
(Above Glass)
Body Side Aperture
Glass to
Sliding Door Applique
Fuel Filler Door to
Body Side Aperture
4.0 +/- 1.5

Parallel within 1.5
Side to Side within 1.5
3.8 +/- 1.5
Parallel within 1.5
--
10
12
Sliding Door to
Body Side Aperture
Rear
(Below Belt)
Front Door to
Sliding Door (Below
Belt)
Fender to Front Door
13
Fascia to Fender
11
FLUSH
Chrysler: Headlamp U/F 1.1
Dodge: Headlamp U/F 1.5
Both +/- 2.3
Consistent within 2.0
Hood U/F 2.0 +/- 1.5
0.0 +/- 1.5
A-pillar O/F+/- 1.5
5.5 +/- 1.5
Cross Car: Body Side

Aperture O/F +/- 1.5
5.0 +/- 2.0

Parallel within 2.0
0.0 +/- 2.0

5.0 +/- 1.5
0.0 +/- 1.5
5.0 +/- 2.0

Parallel within 2.0
5.0 +/- 1.5

Parallel within 1.5
Body Side Aperture Glass

U/F 2.5 +/- 2.0
Fuel Filler Door
U/F 0.5+/- 1.5
0.0 +/- 1.5
5.0 +/- 1.5

Parallel within 1.5
Front Door O/F 0.5 +/- 1.5

5.0 +/- 1.5

Parallel within 1.5
Vertical: Net to 1.0
Horizontal: Net to 1.0
Fender O/F 0.5 +/- 1.5

Vertical:
Chrysler: 0.0
3.0 +/- 1.5

Parallel within 1.5
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 16

14
Headlamp to Fender
Top: 2.0 +2.3/-2.0

Parallel within 2.0
O/B Side: 2.0 +2.3/-2.0
Parallel within 2.0
15
Fascia to Hood
6.0 +/- 2.0

16
Hood to Grille
Chrysler @ Towers
Dodge @ Center
17
Fascia to Headlamp
(Inboard)
18
Spoiler to Roof
19
D-pillar to Liftgate
Glass
D-pillar to Spoiler
Chrysler(Badge):
6.3 +/- 2.0
Dodge: 6.0 +/-2.0
Chrysler: 2.3
Dodge 2.9 +/-2.3
Parallel within 2.0
7.5 +/- 2.0
Parallel within 2.0
5.0 +/-2.0
Parallel within 2.0
5.0 +/- 2.0
Parallel within 2.0
5.0 +/- 2.0
20
21
22
23
24
25
Front Door to
Sliding Door (At
Beltline)
Sliding Door to
Body Side Aperture
(At Beltline)
Fender to Sill
Fender Sill to
Front Door Sill
Sill to Front Door
Dodge: Fascia U/F 0.25

Both +/- 2.0
Horizontal:
0.0 +/- 2.0
Top: Headlamp
U/F 1.0 +/- 2.3
O/B Side:
Chrysler: Headlamp U/F 1.0
Dodge: Headlamp U/F 1.15
Both: +/-2.3
Chrysler: Fascia
U/F 2.8 +/- 2.0
Dodge: Fascia
U/F 1.4 +/-2.0
Chrysler(Badge)
O/F +/-2.0
Dodge: Grille U/F 1.2 +/-2.0
-
Spoiler U/F 2.0 +/- 2.0

Front Door O/F 0.5 +/- 2.0
5.0 +/- 2.0
0.0 +/- 2.0
4.0 +/- 2.0

Parallel within 2.0
5.0 +/- 2.0
Parallel within 2.0
6.3 +/- 2.0
Parallel within 2.0
Sill O/F 5.0 +/- 2.0

0.0 +/- 2.0
Sill O/F 5.0 +/-2.0
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 17

26
Sill to Sliding Door
6.1 +/- 2.0

Parallel within 2.0
27
Body Side Aperture

Rear To Sill
Rear Fascia to
Body Side Aperture
Rear Fascia to Taillamp
4.2 +/- 2.0
28
29
30
31
Body Side Aperture

To Liftgate at Feature
Line
(Diagonal corners near
Taillamp)
Liftgate to Fascia U/D
32
Liftgate to Fascia
Cross/Car
33
Taillamp to Liftgate
Net to 1.0
3.0 +/-2.0
Parallel within 2.0
-
8.0 +/-2.0
Parallel within 2.0
5.0 +/-2.0
Parallel within 2.0
5.15 +/-2.0
Parallel within 2.0
Front, Sill O/F 5.5 +/- 2.0

Rear, Sill O/F 5.0 +/-2.0
Sill O/F 5.0 +/- 2.0
0.0 +/- 2.0
Taillamp U/F 0.5 +/- 2.0
Liftgate U/F 2.2 +/- 1.5
Taillamp O/F 1.9 +/-2.0

OPENING DIMENSIONS
Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
DESCRIPTION
BODY SIDE OPENINGS
ENGINE BOX
LIFTGATE OPENING
LIFTGATE WINDOW OPENING
WINDSHIELD OPENING
FIGURE
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Fig. 9
Fig. 10
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 18

Fig. 6: Identifying Body Side Openings

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 19

Fig. 7: Identifying Engine Box

Fig. 8: Identifying Liftgate Opening

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 20

Fig. 9: Identifying Liftgate Window Opening

Fig. 10: Identifying Windshield Opening

SEALER LOCATIONS
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 21

Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION METHODS
ROOF/FRONT BODY SIDE APERTURE (1 OF 2)
ROOF/FRONT BODY SIDE APERTURE (2 OF 2)
UPPER COWL/FRONT BODY SIDE APERTURE
SHOCK TOWER/SHOCK TOWER REINFORCEMENT
DASH/COWL SIDE PANEL
B-PILLAR/FRONT BODY SIDE APERTURE
OUTER ROOF RAIL - UPPER/ROOF RAIL
BODY SIDE OUTER/SLIDING DOOR STRIKER REINFORCEMENT
OUTER BODY SIDE SILL/OUTER BODY SIDE APERTURE (FRONT AND
REAR)
FRONT FLOOR PAN/DASH PANEL INNER SIDE SILL
OUTER REAR WHEELHOUSE/INNER QUARTER COMPLETE (1 OF 2)
OUTER REAR WHEELHOUSE/INNER QUARTER COMPLETE (2 OF 2)
OUTER WHEELHOUSE/INNER QUARTER REAR JACK REINFORCEMENT
(1 OF 2)
OUTER WHEELHOUSE/INNER QUARTER REAR JACK REINFORCEMENT
(2 OF 2)
REAR WHEELHOUSE/BODY SIDE APERTURE INNER PANEL (1 OF 2)
REAR WHEELHOUSE/BODY SIDE APERTURE INNER PANEL (2 OF 2)
ROOF/BODY SIDE APERTURE
ROOF/LIFTGATE DRAIN TROUGH (1 OF 2)
ROOF/LIFTGATE DRAIN TROUGH (2 OF 2)
3RD ROW TUB RAIL COVER/REAR QUARTER INNER
TAIL LAMP CAN (1 OF 2)
TAIL LAMP CAN (2 OF 2)
FIGURE
Fig. 11
Fig. 12
Fig. 13
Fig. 14
Fig. 15
Fig. 16
Fig. 17
Fig. 18
Fig. 19
Fig. 20
Fig. 21
Fig. 22
Fig. 23
Fig. 24
Fig. 25
Fig. 26
Fig. 27
Fig. 28
Fig. 29
Fig. 30
Fig. 31
Fig. 32
Fig. 33
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 22

Fig. 11: Identifying Sealant Application Methods

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 23

Fig. 12: Identifying Roof/Front Body Side Aperture (1 Of 2)

Fig. 13: Identifying Roof/Front Body Side Aperture (2 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 24

Fig. 14: Identifying Upper Cowl/Front Body Side Aperture

Fig. 15: Identifying Shock Tower/Shock Tower Reinforcement

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 25

Fig. 16: Identifying Dash/Cowl Side Panel

Fig. 17: Identifying B-Pillar/Front Body Side Aperture

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 26

Fig. 18: Identifying Outer Roof Rail - Upper/Roof Rail

Fig. 19: Identifying Body Side Outer/Sliding Door Striker Reinforcement

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 27

Fig. 20: Identifying Outer Body Side Sill/Outer Body Side Aperture (Front And Rear)
Fig. 21: Identifying Front Floor Pan/Dash Panel Inner Side Sill
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 28

Fig. 22: Identifying Outer Rear Wheelhouse/Inner Quarter Complete (1 Of 2)

Fig. 23: Identifying Outer Rear Wheelhouse/Inner Quarter Complete (2 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 29

Fig. 24: Identifying Outer Wheelhouse/Inner Quarter Rear Jack Reinforcement (1 Of 2)

Fig. 25: Identifying Outer Wheelhouse/Inner Quarter Rear Jack Reinforcement (2 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 30

Fig. 26: Identifying Rear Wheelhouse/Body Side Aperture Inner Panel (1 Of 2)

Fig. 27: Identifying Rear Wheelhouse/Body Side Aperture Inner Panel (2 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 31

Fig. 28: Identifying Roof/Body Side Aperture

Fig. 29: Identifying Roof/Liftgate Drain Trough (1 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 32

Fig. 30: Identifying Roof/Liftgate Drain Trough (2 Of 2)

Fig. 31: Identifying 3rd Row Tub Rail Cover/Rear Quarter Inner
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 33

Fig. 32: Identifying Tail Lamp Opening Panel

Fig. 33: Identifying Liftgate Drain Trough & Thumbgrade Sealer

STRUCTURAL ADHESIVE LOCATIONS
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 34

Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
DESCRIPTION
RAIL ASSEMBLY
ENGINE BOX
LOWER LADDER
LADDER COMPLETE (1 OF 4)
UNDERBODY
UNDERBODY COMPLETE
BODY SIDE APERTURE - INNER (1 OF 2)
BODY SIDE APERTURE - OUTER
BODY SIDE APERTURE - COMPLETE (1 OF 2)
ROOF RAILS
IDENTIFYING INNER QUARTER & RETAINER BRACKET
BODY IN WHITE - SHELL (1 OF 3)
BODY IN WHITE - COMPLETE WITHOUT SUNROOF (1 OF 4)
BODY IN WHITE - COMPLETE WITH SUNROOF (1 OF 2)
BODY IN WHITE - COMPLETE WITH SUNROOF (2 OF 2)
FIGURE
Fig. 34
Fig. 35
Fig. 36
Fig. 37
Fig. 38
Fig. 39
Fig. 40
Fig. 41
Fig. 42
Fig. 43
Fig. 44
Fig. 45
Fig. 46
Fig. 47
Fig. 48
Fig. 49
Fig. 50
Fig. 51
Fig. 52
Fig. 53
Fig. 54
Fig. 55
Fig. 56
Fig. 57
Fig. 58
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 35

Fig. 34: Identifying Rail Assembly

Fig. 35: Identifying Engine Box

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 36

Fig. 36: Identifying Lower Ladder

Fig. 37: Identifying Ladder Complete (1 Of 4)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 37



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 38


Fig. 41: Identifying Underbody

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 39

Fig. 42: Identifying Front Floor Pan & Dash Panel

Fig. 43: Identifying Body Side Aperture - Inner

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 40

Fig. 44: Identifying Outer Wheelhouse

Fig. 45: Identifying Inner Windshield Frame & Outer Roof Rail
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 41

Fig. 46: Body Side Aperture - Complete (1 Of 2)

Fig. 47: Body Side Aperture - Complete (2 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 42

Fig. 48: Identifying Roof Rails

Fig. 49: Identifying Inner Quarter & Retainer Bracket

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 43

Fig. 50: Identifying Body In White - Shell (1 Of 3)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 44


Fig. 53: Identifying Body In White - Complete Without Sunroof (1 Of 4)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 45



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 46


Fig. 57: Identifying Body In White - Complete With Sunroof (1 Of 2)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 47


WELD LOCATIONS
Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
INDEX
DESCRIPTION
RAIL ASSEMBLY (1 OF 23)
FIGURE
Fig. 59
Fig. 60
Fig. 61
Fig. 62
Fig. 63
Fig. 64
Fig. 65
Fig. 66
Fig. 67
Fig. 68
Fig. 69
Fig. 70
Fig. 71
Fig. 72
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 48


ENGINE BOX (1 OF 4)
ENGINE BOX (2 OF 4)
ENGINE BOX (3 OF 4)
ENGINE BOX (4 OF 4)
ENGINE BOX COMPLETE (1 OF 13)
DASH (1 OF 6)
DASH (2 OF 6)
DASH (3 OF 6)
DASH (4 OF 6)
DASH (5 OF 6)
DASH (6 OF 6)
PLENUM/DASH/COWL (1 OF 8)
FLOOR RAIL ASSEMBLY (1 OF 12)
Fig. 73
Fig. 74
Fig. 75
Fig. 76
Fig. 77
Fig. 78
Fig. 79
Fig. 80
Fig. 81
Fig. 82
Fig. 83
Fig. 84
Fig. 85
Fig. 86
Fig. 87
Fig. 88
Fig. 89
Fig. 90
Fig. 91
Fig. 92
Fig. 93
Fig. 94
Fig. 95
Fig. 96
Fig. 97
Fig. 98
Fig. 99
Fig. 100
Fig. 101
Fig. 102
Fig. 103
Fig. 104
Fig. 105
Fig. 106
Fig. 107
Fig. 108
Fig. 109
Fig. 110
Fig. 111
Fig. 112
Fig. 113
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 49

Fig. 114
Fig. 115
Fig. 116
Fig. 117
Fig. 118
Fig. 119
Fig. 120
Fig. 121
Fig. 122
Fig. 123
Fig. 124
Fig. 125
Fig. 126
Fig. 127
Fig. 128
Fig. 129
Fig. 130
Fig. 131
Fig. 132
Fig. 133
Fig. 134
Fig. 135
Fig. 136
Fig. 137
Fig. 138
Fig. 139
Fig. 140
Fig. 141
Fig. 142
Fig. 143
Fig. 144
Fig. 145
Fig. 146
Fig. 147
Fig. 148
Fig. 149
Fig. 150
Fig. 151
Fig. 152
Fig. 153
Fig. 154

LADDER LOWER (1 OF 5)
LADDER UPPER (1 OF 4)
UNDERBODY (1 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (2 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (3 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (4 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (5 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (6 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (7 OF 8)
UNDERBODY (8 OF 8)
UNDERBODY ASSEMBLY (1 OF 13)
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 50


UNDERBODY COMPLETE (1 OF 5)
MISCELLANEOUS BODY (1 OF 6)
BODY SIDE APERTURE (1 OF 6)
Fig. 155
Fig. 156
Fig. 157
Fig. 158
Fig. 159
Fig. 160
Fig. 161
Fig. 162
Fig. 163
Fig. 164
Fig. 165
Fig. 166
Fig. 167
Fig. 168
Fig. 169
Fig. 170
Fig. 171
Fig. 172
Fig. 173
Fig. 174
Fig. 175
Fig. 176
Fig. 177
Fig. 178
Fig. 179
Fig. 180
Fig. 181
Fig. 182
Fig. 183
Fig. 184
Fig. 185
Fig. 186
Fig. 187
Fig. 188
Fig. 189
Fig. 190
Fig. 191
Fig. 192
Fig. 193
Fig. 194
Fig. 195
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 51


BODY SIDE APERTURE OUTER (1 OF 10)
BODY IN WHITE - COMPLETE WITHOUT
SUNROOF (1 OF 8)
SUNROOF (2 OF 8)
SUNROOF (3 OF 8)
SUNROOF (4 OF 8)
SUNROOF (5 OF 8)
SUNROOF (6 OF 8)
Fig. 196
Fig. 197
Fig. 198
Fig. 199
Fig. 200
Fig. 201
Fig. 202
Fig. 203
Fig. 204
Fig. 205
Fig. 206
Fig. 207
Fig. 208
Fig. 209
Fig. 210
Fig. 211
Fig. 212
Fig. 213
Fig. 214
Fig. 215
Fig. 216
Fig. 217
Fig. 218
Fig. 219
Fig. 220
Fig. 221
Fig. 222
Fig. 223
Fig. 224
Fig. 225
Fig. 226
Fig. 227
Fig. 228
Fig. 229
Fig. 230
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 52


SUNROOF (7 OF 8)
SUNROOF (8 OF 8)
BODY IN WHITE - COMPLETE WITH SUNROOF (1
OF 3)
OF 3)
OF 3)
Fig. 231
Fig. 232
Fig. 233
Fig. 234
Fig. 235
Fig. 236
Fig. 237
Fig. 238
Fig. 239
Fig. 240
Fig. 241
Fig. 242
Fig. 243
Fig. 244
Fig. 245
Fig. 246
Fig. 247
Fig. 248
Fig. 249
Fig. 250
Fig. 251
Fig. 252
Fig. 253
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 53

Fig. 59: Identifying Rail Assembly (1 Of 23)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 54



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 55



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 56



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 57



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 58



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 59



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 60



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 61



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 62



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 63



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 64


Fig. 82: Identifying Engine Box (1 Of 4)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 65



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 66


Fig. 86: Identifying Engine Box Complete (1 Of 13)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 67



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 68



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 69



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 70



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 71



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 72



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 73

Fig. 99: Identifying Dash Panel (1 Of 6)

Fig. 100: Dash Panel (2 Of 6)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 74



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 75



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 76

Fig. 105: Identifying Plenum/Dash/Cowl (1 Of 8)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 77



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 78



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 79



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 80

Fig. 113: Identifying Floor Rail Assembly (1 Of 12)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 81



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 82



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 83



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 84



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 85



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 86

Fig. 125: Identifying Ladder Lower (1 Of 5)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 87



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 88


Fig. 130: Identifying Ladder Upper (1 Of 4)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:38 PM
Page 89



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 90



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 91



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 92



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 93



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 94



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 95



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 96


Fig. 146: Identifying Underbody (1 Of 8)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 97



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 98



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 99



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 100


Fig. 154: Identifying Underbody Assembly (1 Of 13)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 101



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 102



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 103



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 104



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 105



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 106



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 107

Fig. 167: Identifying Underbody Complete (1 Of 5)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 108



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 109


Fig. 172: Identifying Pillar, Hinge, & Door Track Reinforcements (1 Of 5)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 110



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 111



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 112

Fig. 177: Identifying Drain Trough Weld Nut & Tapping Plate
Fig. 178: Identifying Body Side Aperture (1 Of 6)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 113



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 114



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 115


Fig. 184: Identifying Body Side Aperture - Inner (1 Of 15)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 116



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 117



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 118



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 119



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 120



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 121



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 122



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 123

Fig. 199: Identifying Body Side Aperture Outer (1 Of 10)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 124



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 125



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 126



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 127



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 128

Fig. 209: Identifying Body Side Aperture - Complete (1 Of 16)


steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 129



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 130



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 131



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 132



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 133



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 134



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 135



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 136



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 137



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 138



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 139



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 140



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 141


Fig. 236: Underbody Assembly (1 Of 5)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 142



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 143



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 144



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 145



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 146



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 147



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 148



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 149



steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 150


DOOR - FRONT
APPLIQUE
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Left side shown. Right side similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 151

Fig. 254: Identifying Front Door Applique & Screw

1. Remove the screw (1) that secures the applique (2) to the front door (3).
2. Lift the applique straight up to disengage the three retainers that secure the applique to the door and
remove the applique.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 152

Fig. 255: Identifying Front Door Applique & Screw

1. Position the applique (2) to the front door (3) and engage the three retainers that secure the applique to the
door.
2. Install the screw (1) that secures the bottom of the applique to the door. Tighten the screw securely.
CHANNEL, DOOR GLASS
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 256: Identifying Front Door Glass Run & Carrier Plate
1. Remove the glass (2) from the door. See Body/Door - Front/GLASS, Door - Removal.
2. Working through the close-out plug and speaker holes in the carrier plate (3), starting at the ends of the
glass (1) run, pull the glass run out of the channel in the door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 153

Fig. 257: Identifying Front Door Glass Run & Carrier Plate
1. Starting at the top rear of the door, install the glass run (1) into the channel. Make sure the glass run is
properly positioned and fully engaged to the channel.
2. Install the door glass (2). See Body/Door - Front/GLASS, Door - Installation.
CYLINDER, DOOR LOCK
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 154

Fig. 258: Identifying Front Door Lock Cylinder & Exterior Door Handle
1. Remove the exterior door handle (1) and place it on a workbench. See Body/Door - Front/HANDLE Removal.
2. Press the door lock cylinder (2) out from the inside of the exterior door handle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 155

Fig. 259: Identifying Front Door Lock Cylinder & Exterior Door Handle
1. Align the tab on the lock cylinder (2) to the notch on the inside of the exterior door handle (1) and press
the cylinder into the handle. Make sure the lock cylinder is fully installed into the handle.
2. Install the exterior door handle. See Body/Door - Front/HANDLE - Installation.
DOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
To protect the vehicle finish, apply several layers of masking tape on the front
edges of the door and the front fender prior to loosening the hinges.
NOTE:
Left side door shown in illustrations. Right side door similar.
Fig. 260: Identifying Door Harness, Wire Harness Grommet, & Wire Connectors
NOTE:
Illustration shown with door and door seal removed for clarity.
1. Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable.

2. Disengage the door wire harness grommet (2) from the cowl side panel and disconnect the two body wire
harness connectors from the door harness (4).
3. Disengage the door seal as required from the door and route the door wire harness out from beneath the
seal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 156

Fig. 261: Identifying Front Door, Hinge, & Hinge Nuts

NOTE:
Illustration shown with door removed from vehicle for clarity.
4. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the installed position of both front door hinges (1) in
relationship to the door (3).
5. With assistance, remove the two nuts (2) that secure each door hinge to the door and carefully remove the
door.
6. If required, remove the carrier plate. See Body/Door - Front/PLATE, Carrier - Removal.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 157


NOTE:
1. With assistance, carefully position the front door (3) to the hinges (1) and loosely install the two nuts (2)
that secure each hinge to the door.
2. Align the hinges to the marks on the door and tighten the retaining nuts to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).
3. Connect the two body wire harness connectors to the door wire harness (4) and engage the grommet (2) to
the cowl side panel. Make sure the wire harness connectors and the grommet are fully engaged.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 158

4. Reconnect the negative battery cable.

5. Verify door alignment. The door should have equally spaced gaps to the adjacent panels and fit flush
across the gaps. Adjust as required.
FLAG, MIRROR
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 264: Identifying Side View Mirror Flag & Door Trim Panel
1. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the two retaining tabs that secure the side view mirror
flag (2) to the door (1) and the door trim panel (3) and remove the mirror flag.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 159

1. Position the side view mirror flag (2) to the front door (1) and engage the two retaining tabs. Make sure
the retaining tabs are fully engaged.
GLASS, DOOR
Inspection
INSPECTION
Fig. 266: Removing/Installing Front Door Trim Panel

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 160

NOTE:
Perform this procedure first before the regulator, carrier plate or switch is
investigated for defects. Lubrication will not permanently resolve the issue and
should not be used.
1. Remove the trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the door speaker. Refer to Electrical/Audio and Video/SPEAKER - Removal .
Fig. 267: Removing/Installing Inner Belt Molding

3. Remove the inner belt molding.
Fig. 268: Raising/Lowering Door Glass

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:39 PM
Page 161


4. Install the window switch if required and lower the glass (2) down in the door to position the glass
attachment clips (3) for access through the speaker opening (3) and the service access plug (1).
5. Separate the glass clips (4) from the regulator lift plates.
6. Raise the glass (2) into the full up position and secure in place using tape or equivalent.
7. Lower the regulator into the full down position.
8. Raise and lower the glass by hand.
9. If the glass is not moving smoothly without binding, verify that glass run seal is fully and correctly seated
in the metal run channel, particularly below the beltline.
10. If not fully seated, apply hand pressure and/or use a trim stick to correctly seat it.
11. Raise and lower the glass by hand and recheck for binding. If the glass still doesn't move freely, the seal
is defective and needs to be replaced.
12. Remove the glass and replace the seal. See Body/Door - Front/GLASS, Door - Removal.
13. During new seal installation, make sure the new seal is fully seated especially below the beltline.
14. Install the glass. See Body/Door - Front/GLASS, Door - Installation.
15. Install the door speaker. Refer to Electrical/Audio and Video/SPEAKER - Installation .
16. Install the trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 269: Identifying Close-Out Plug & Carrier Plate

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 162

NOTE:
If the door glass will not move in the door, remove the regulator motor and
manually position the window regulator and glass to the 3/4 up position.
1. With the door glass in the 3/4 up position, remove the front door trim panel. See Body/Door Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the round close-out plug (1) from the carrier plate (2).
Fig. 270: Identifying Front Door Window Retaining Clips At Window Regulator
NOTE:
Illustration shown with carrier plate removed for clarity.
3. Remove the door speaker from the door. Refer to Electrical/Audio and Video/SPEAKER - Removal .
4. Working through the close-out plug and speaker holes in the carrier plate, carefully disengage the front
door glass (1) from the two plastic retainer clips (2) located on the window regulator (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 163

Fig. 271: Identifying Front Door Glass

WARNING: Use care when removing the door glass to prevent breakage. Do not
force the glass out of the door. Failure to follow this warning may
result in serious injury.
5. Remove the front door glass (1) from the window opening. Tip the front of the glass downward to
disengage the glass from the glass run and then lift the glass out of the opening.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 164


NOTE:
If the door glass did not move in the door using with power window switch,
replace the regulator and/or the regulator motor or repair the electrical concern
prior to installing the door glass.
1. Install the front door glass (1) into the window opening. Tip the front of the glass downward to engage
the glass onto the glass run and then carefully lower the rear of the glass into the door. Make sure the
glass is properly positioned within the glass run.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 165

NOTE:
2. Working through the close-out plug and speaker holes in the carrier plate, carefully engage the front door
glass (1) into the two plastic retainer clips (2) located on the window regulator (3).

4. Install the close-out plug (1) onto the carrier plate (2).
5. Install the front door trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
HANDLE, EXTERIOR
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 166


1. With the door glass in the full up position, remove the front door trim panel. See Body/Door Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the round close-out plug (1) from the carrier plate (2) to gain access to the exterior door handle.
Fig. 276: Identifying Door Lock Cylinder Shield & Carrier Plate
3. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (1), remove the door lock cylinder shield (2) from
inside the door, if equipped.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 167

Fig. 277: Identifying Linkage Rods, Exterior Door Handle, & Carrier Plate
4. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (4), disengage the retaining clips that secure the two
linkage rods (1 and 3) to the exterior door handle (2) and disconnect the rods from the handle.
Fig. 278: Identifying Exterior Handle, Bolts, & Linkage Arm (Front Door)
5. Remove the three bolts (4) that secure the exterior door handle (3) to the front door (1).
6. From inside the door, pull the linkage arm (2) downward and disengage the rear of the exterior door
handle from the door.
7. Pull the rear of the exterior door handle outward, away from the door and remove the door handle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 168

8. If required, remove the lock cylinder from the exterior door handle. See Body/Door Front/CYLINDER, Door Lock - Removal.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 279: Identifying Exterior Handle, Bolts, & Linkage Arm (Front Door)
1. If required, install the lock cylinder onto the exterior door handle. See Body/Door - Front/CYLINDER,
Door Lock - Installation.
2. Position the front of the exterior door handle (3) into the door (1).
3. Push the linkage arm (2) on the exterior door handle downward and install the rear of the exterior door
handle to the door.
4. Install the three bolts (4) that secure the exterior door handle to the door. Tighten the bolts to 5 N.m (44
in. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 169

5. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (4), connect the two linkage rods (1 and 3) to the
exterior door handle (2) and engage the retaining clips. Make sure the retaining clips are fully engaged to
the rods
6. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (1), install the door lock cylinder shield (2) to the
door, if equipped.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 170


7. Install the round close-out plug (1) onto the carrier plate (2).
HANDLE, INTERIOR
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 171

Fig. 283: Identifying Door Trim Panel, Interior Door Handle, Handle Bracket, Cable, & Cable Housing
1. Remove the door trim panel (1) and place it on a workbench. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door
Trim - Removal.
2. Disengage the cable housing (3) from the interior door handle bracket (4).
3. Disconnect the interior door handle cable (2) from the handle (5).
4. Disengage the front of the interior handle (6) from the door trim panel.
5. Slide the interior door handle forward and remove the handle from the trim panel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
1. Install the rear of the interior door handle (6) into the door trim panel (1) and engage the front of the
handle to the trim panel.
2. Connect the interior door handle cable (2) to the handle (6).
3. Engage the cable housing (3) to the interior door handle bracket (4). Make sure the cable housing is fully
engaged to the bracket.
4. Install the door trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
HINGE, DOOR
Removal
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 172

REMOVAL
NOTE:
To protect the vehicle finish, apply several layers of masking tape on the front
edges of the door and the front fender prior to loosening the hinges.
NOTE:
NOTE:

harness connectors from the door harness (4).
seal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 173


NOTE:
relationship to the door (3).
5. With assistance, remove the two nuts (2) that secure each door hinge to the door and carefully remove the
door.
Fig. 287: Identifying Front Door Hinge, Cowl Side Panel, & Bolts
relationship to the cowl side panel (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 174

7. Remove the two bolts (3) that secure each door hinge to the to the cowl side panel and remove the hinges
as necessary.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 288: Identifying Front Door Hinge, Cowl Side Panel, & Bolts
1. If necessary, paint the replacement hinge(s).
2. Position the front door hinges (1) as necessary to the marks on the cowl side panel (2) and install the
retaining bolts (3). Tighten the bolts to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 175


NOTE:
3. With assistance, carefully position the front door (3) to the hinges (1) and loosely install the two nuts (2)
that secure each hinge to the door.
4. Align the hinges to the marks on the door and tighten the retaining nuts to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).
5. Connect the two body wire harness connectors to the door wire harness (4) and engage the grommet (2) to
the cowl side panel. Make sure the wire harness connectors and the grommet are fully engaged.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 176


7. Verify door alignment. The door should have equally spaced gaps to the adjacent panels and fit flush
across the gaps. Adjust as required.
INSULATOR
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 291: Identifying Front Door Insulator

1. Remove the front door trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the carrier plate. See Body/Door - Front/PLATE, Carrier - Removal.
3. Remove the insulator (1) from inside the door (2). If the insulator is damaged, it must be replaced.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 177

Fig. 292: Identifying Front Door Insulator

1. Install the insulator (1) into the door (2). Use an adhesive to attach the insulator to the inside of the outer
door panel.
2. Install the carrier plate. See Body/Door - Front/PLATE, Carrier - Installation.
LATCH, DOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 178

Fig. 293: Removing/Installing Front Door Latch

1. Remove the carrier plate from the door and place it on a workbench. See Body/Door - Front/PLATE,
Carrier - Removal.
2. Disconnect the door wire harness connector (4) from the latch (1).
3. Disengage the retaining clips that secure the linkage rod (5) and linkage cable (6) to the door latch and
disconnect the rod and cable from the latch.
4. Carefully disengage the tab (2) located on the top of the door latch from the carrier plate (7).
5. Carefully disengage the tab (8) located on the bottom of the door latch and remove the latch.
6. If required, disengage the retaining clips that secure the two linkage rods (3) to the door latch and
disconnect the rods from the latch.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 179

Fig. 294: Removing/Installing Front Door Latch

1. If removed, connect the two linkage rods (3) to the door latch (1) and engage the retaining clips. Make
sure the retaining clips are fully engaged to the rods.
2. Position the door latch to the carrier plate (7) and engage the upper retaining tab (2).
3. Engage the lower retaining tab (8) to the carrier plate. Make sure the upper and lower retaining tabs are
fully engaged.
4. Connect the linkage rod (5) and linkage cable (6) to the door latch and engage the retaining clips. Make
sure the retaining clips are fully engaged to the rod and cable.
5. Connect the door wire harness connector (4) to the latch.
MOLDING
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 180

Fig. 295: Removing/Installing Inner Window Molding

1. Remove the door trim panel and place it on a workbench. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim Removal.
2. Remove the inner window molding (1) from the top of the door trim panel (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 296: Removing/Installing Inner Window Molding

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 181

1. Install the inner window molding (1) onto the top of the door trim panel (2). Make sure the molding is
fully engaged onto the panel edge.
2. Install the door trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
MOLDING, FRAME CLOSEOUT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Left side shown in illustrations. Right side similar.
UPPER
Fig. 297: Removing/Installing Upper Frame Closeout Molding

1. Remove the outside rear view mirror. See Body/Exterior/MIRROR, Outside Rearview - Removal.
2. Remove the door applique. See Body/Door - Front/APPLIQUE - Removal.
3. With the door glass in the down position, remove the upper door frame closeout molding (1) from the
window frame.
LOWER
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 182

Fig. 298: Removing/Installing Lower Door Frame Closeout Molding

1. Remove the outside rear view mirror. See Body/Exterior/MIRROR, Outside Rearview - Removal.
2. Remove the screw (2) that secures the lower door frame closeout molding (1) to the inside of the front
door.
3. With the door glass in the down position, remove the lower door frame closeout molding from the top of
the outer door panel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
UPPER
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 183

Fig. 299: Removing/Installing Upper Frame Closeout Molding

1. With the door glass in the down position, install the upper door frame closeout molding (1) onto the
window frame.
2. Install the door applique. See Body/Door - Front/APPLIQUE - Installation.
3. Install the outside rear view mirror. See Body/Exterior/MIRROR, Outside Rearview - Installation.
LOWER
Fig. 300: Removing/Installing Lower Door Frame Closeout Molding

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 184

1. With the door glass in the down position, install the lower door frame closeout molding (1) onto the top
of the outer door panel. Make sure the molding is fully engaged to the door panel edge.
2. Install the screw (2) that secures the lower door frame closeout molding to the inside of the front door.
Tighten the screw securely.
3. Install the outside rear view mirror. See Body/Exterior/MIRROR, Outside Rearview - Installation.
PANEL, DOOR TRIM
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
1. Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the two retaining tabs that secure the side view mirror
flag (2) to the front door (1) and the front door trim panel (3) and remove the mirror flag.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 185


3. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the front door trim panel (2) to the door (4).
4. Using trim remover C-4829A or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the door trim panel to
the door.
5. Lift the door trim panel upward and disengage the top of the trim panel from the door and the door lock
knob (1).
6. Position the top of the door trim panel away from the door to gain access to the electrical connectors and
interior door handle linkage.
Fig. 303: Identifying Door Trim Panel, Interior Door Handle, Handle Bracket, Cable, & Cable
Housing
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 186

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Disconnect the power door switches and courtesy lamp electrical connectors.
Disengage the cable housing (3) from the interior door handle bracket (4).
Disconnect the interior door handle cable (2) from the handle (5).
Remove the front door trim panel (1) from the vehicle.
If required, disengage the front of the interior handle (6) from the door trim panel and slide the handle
forward to remove the handle from the trim panel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Prior to reinstalling the door trim panel, replace any trim panel retaining tabs
that may have been damaged during the removal process.
NOTE:
1. If removed, install the rear of the interior door handle (6) into the door trim panel (1) and engage the front
of the handle to the trim panel.
2. Position the door trim panel to the door and connect the interior door handle cable (2) to the handle (6).
3. Engage the cable housing (3) to the interior door handle bracket (4). Make sure the cable housing is fully
engaged to the bracket.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 187


4.
5.
6.
7.
Connect the power door switches and courtesy lamp electrical connectors.
Lift the front door trim panel (2) upward and install it over the door lock knob (1).
Engage the top of the front door trim panel to the door.
Engage the retaining tabs that secure the door trim panel to the door. Make sure the retaining tabs are
fully engaged.
8. Install the two screws (3) that secure the front door trim panel to the carrier plate (4). Tighten the screws
securely.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 188


9. Position the side view mirror flag (2) to the front door (1) and engage the two retaining tabs. Make sure
the retaining tabs are fully engaged.
PLATE, CARRIER
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:

NOTE:
manually position the window regulator and glass to the 3/4 up position.
1. With the door glass in the 3/4 up position, remove the front door trim panel. See Body/Door Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the round close-out plug (1) from the carrier plate (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 189

NOTE:
3. Remove the door speaker from the door. Refer to Electrical/Audio and Video/SPEAKER - Removal .
4. Working through the close-out plug and speaker holes in the carrier plate, carefully disengage the front
door glass (1) from the two plastic retainer clips (2) located on the window regulator (3).

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 190

5. Remove the front door glass (1) from the window opening. Tip the front of the glass downward to
disengage the glass from the glass run and then lift the glass out of the opening.
6. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (1), remove the door lock cylinder shield (2) from
inside the door, if equipped.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 191

7. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (4), disengage the retaining clips that secure the two
linkage rods (1 and 3) to the exterior door handle (2) and disconnect the rods from the handle.
NOTE:
harness connectors from the door harness.
9. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the wire harness door bracket (4) to the door (1).
seal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 192

Fig. 313: Identifying Front Door Carrier Plate, Window Regulator Motor & Regulator, Door
Latch, & Mounting Bolts/Screws
11. Remove the three screws (1) that secure the door latch (6) to the rear of the door (7).
12. Remove the bolts (4) that secure the carrier plate (3) to the door.
13. Pull the carrier plate away from the door to disengage the retaining tabs that secure the plate to the door
and remove the carrier plate, door latch and linkage as an assembly from the door. Rotate and tilt the
carrier plate as necessary to gain clearance for removal.
14. If required, remove the door latch from the carrier plate. See Body/Door - Front/LATCH, Door Removal.
15. If required, remove the window regulator motor (5) and/or regulator (2) from the carrier plate. See
Body/Door - Front/REGULATOR, Window - Removal.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 193

Fig. 314: Identifying Front Door Carrier Plate, Window Regulator Motor & Regulator, Door Latch, &
Mounting Bolts/Screws
1. If removed, install the door latch (6) onto the carrier plate (3). See Body/Door - Front/LATCH, Door Installation.
2. If removed, install the window regulator motor (5) and/or regulator (2) onto the carrier plate. See
Body/Door - Front/REGULATOR, Window - Installation.
3. Position the carrier plate, door latch and linkage as an assembly onto the door (7) and engage the
retaining tabs that secure the carrier plate to the door. Rotate and tilt the carrier plate as necessary. Make
sure the retaining tabs are fully engaged.
4. Install the three screws (1) that secure the door latch to the rear of the door. Tighten the screws to 3 N.m
(27 in. lbs.).
5. Loosely install all the bolts (4) that secure the carrier plate to the door. Tighten the bolts securely.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 194

NOTE:
6. Route the door wire harness beneath the door seal and engage the seal to the door (1).
7. Install the two screws (3) that secure the wire harness door bracket (4) to the door.
8. Connect the two body wire harness connectors to the door harness and engage the grommet (2) to the
cowl side panel. Make sure the grommet is fully engaged to the panel.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 195

9. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (4), connect the linkage rods (1 and 3) to the exterior
door handle (2) and engage the retaining clips that secure the rods to the handle. Make sure the retaining
clips are fully engaged to the rods.
10. Working through the access hole in the carrier plate (1), install the door lock cylinder shield (2), if
equipped.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 196

WARNING: Use care when installing the door glass to prevent breakage. Do not
force the glass into the door. Failure to follow this warning may
11. Install the front door glass (1) into the window opening. Tip the front of the glass downward to engage
the glass onto the glass run and then carefully lower the rear of the glass into the door. Make sure the
glass is properly positioned within the glass run.
NOTE:
12. Working through the close-out plug and speaker holes in the carrier plate, carefully engage the front door
glass (1) into the two plastic retainer clips (2) located on the window regulator (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 197


14. Install the close-out plug (1) onto the carrier plate (2).
REGULATOR, WINDOW
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 198

Fig. 321: Removing/Installing Window Regulator Motor

1. Remove the front door trim panel. See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Disconnect the wire harness connector (4) from the window regulator motor (1).
3. Remove the three screws (3) that secure the window regulator motor to the carrier plate (2) and remove
the motor.
Fig. 322: Removing/Installing Window Regulator

4. If servicing the window regulator, remove the carrier plate (2) and place it on a workbench. See
Body/Door - Front/PLATE, Carrier - Removal.
5. Remove the four screws (3 and 4) that secure the window regulator rails (1) to the carrier plate and
remove the window regulator.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 199


1. If servicing the window regulator, position the window regulator rails (1) to the carrier plate (2) and
install the four retaining screws (3 and 4). Tighten the screws to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).
Fig. 324: Removing/Installing Window Regulator Motor

3. Install the window regulator motor (1) onto the carrier plate (2). If necessary, rotate the motor slightly to
align the splines on the motor with the window regulator linkage.
4. Install the three screws (3) that secure the window regulator motor to the carrier plate. Tighten the screws
to 2.8 N.m (25 in. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 200

5. Connect the wire harness connector (4) to the window regulator motor.
STRIKER, DOOR LATCH
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 325: Removing/Installing Door Latch Striker

1. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the installed position of the door latch striker (3) in relationship
to the B-pillar (1).
2. Remove the two screws that secure the door latch striker to the B-pillar and remove the striker and any
shims (2) that may be present
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 201

Fig. 326: Removing/Installing Door Latch Striker

1. Position the door latch striker (3) and any shims (2) found during the removal procedure to the marks on
the B-pillar (1) and install the retaining screws. Tighten the screws to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).
2. Verify door fit and operation. Adjust the striker as necessary.
DOORS - SLIDING
ACTUATOR, INSIDE HANDLE
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 202

Fig. 327: Removing/Installing Inside Handle Actuator

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable.

Remove the door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
Remove the door module assembly. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PLATE, Carrier - Removal.
Remove the locking rod bellcrank. See Body/Doors - Sliding/BELLCRANK, Latch - Removal.
Disconnect the electrical connector.
Remove the mounting fastener.
Remove the actuator (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 203


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install the actuator (2).

Install the mounting fasteners.
Connect the electrical connector.
Install the locking rod bellcrank. See Body/Doors - Sliding/BELLCRANK, Latch - Installation.
Install the door module assembly. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PLATE, Carrier - Installation.
Install the door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
Connect the battery negative cable.
APPLIQUE
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 329: Removing/Installing Applique At Sliding Door

The applique is held on by spring retainer. Using a trim stick or equivalent gently pry the applique off the
sliding door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 204

Fig. 330: Removing/Installing Applique At Sliding Door

Install the applique by pressing the spring retainers into the sliding door.
BELLCRANK, LATCH
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Remove the sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
Remove the locking rod at the front of the door module assembly.
Remove the inside handle actuator mounting fastener.
Slide the actuator and locking rod forward and remove the locking rod from the actuator.
Remove the locking rod bellcrank from the door module assembly.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the locking rod bellcrank in the door module assembly.

Connect the locking rod to the inside handle actuator.
Install the actuator and fastener.
Connect the locking rod to the front of the door module assembly.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 205

6. Install the door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
7. Connect the battery negative cable.
BEZEL, INTERIOR DOOR HANDLE
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 331: Removing/Installing Interior Door Handle Bezel

1.
2.
3.
4.

Open the sliding door.
Remove the mounting fasteners (2).
Remove the bezel (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 206


1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the interior handle bezel (1).

Install the mounting fasteners (2).
Close the sliding door.
CABLE, HOLD OPEN LATCH

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
For power sliding door procedures, refer to POWER SLIDING DOOR - SERVICE
INFORMATION .

2. Remove the appropriate side door trim panel from the vehicle. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door
Trim - Removal.
CAUTION: Make note of cable routing and foam insulator placement. This will
prove helpful when reinstalling replacement cable. Be certain
replacement cable is routed and retained correctly.
3. Remove the hold open latch from the side door. See Body/Doors - Sliding/LATCH - Removal.
4. Disconnect the hold open latch cable from the hold open latch. Gently pry cable sleeve retainer out of the
handle bracket and then unhook swedged cable end from the latch link.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 207

5. Disconnect the hold open latch cable from the latch assembly. Gently pry cable sleeve retainer out of the
latch mounting bracket and then unhook swedged cable end from the latch link.
6. Remove the door module assembly. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PLATE, Carrier - Removal.
7. Trace the hold open latch cable along its routing path and disconnect from its retaining clips.
8. Remove the hold open latch cable from the side door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
1. Match the replacement cable up against the old cable to verify the correct part.
2. Position the hold open latch cable on the door module assembly.
3. Connect the hold open latch cable on the latch assembly. Hook the swedged cable end on the latch link
and gently push the cable sleeve retainer in the latch bracket.
4. Trace the outside handle cable along its routing path and install on its retaining clips and position foam
insulators. Use previously made schematic as a guide or remove the opposite side door trim panel and use
that door as a guide.
CAUTION: Be certain replacement cable is routed and retained correctly and
foam insulators are properly positioned.
5. Install the door module assembly. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PLATE, Carrier - Installation.
6. Connect the hold open latch cable on the hold open latch assembly. Hook the swedged cable end on the
latch link and gently push the cable sleeve retainer in the latch bracket.
7. Install the appropriate side door trim panel on the vehicle. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door
Trim - Installation.
8. Connect the negative battery cable.
CABLE, INSIDE HANDLE
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .

2. Remove the appropriate side door trim panel from the vehicle. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door
Trim - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 208

4. Disconnect the inside handle cable from the handle assembly. Gently pry cable sleeve retainer out of the
handle bracket and then unhook swedged cable end from the handle.
CAUTION: Make note of cable routing. This will prove helpful when reinstalling
replacement cable. Be certain replacement cable is routed and
retained correctly.
5. Trace the inside handle cable along its routing path and disconnect from its retaining clips.
6. Disconnect the inside handle cable from the latch assembly. Gently pry cable sleeve retainer out of the
latch mounting bracket and then unhook swedged cable end from the latch lever.
7. Remove the inside handle cable from the side door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
2. Position the inside handle cable on the door module assembly.
3. Connect the inside handle cable on the latch assembly. Hook the swedged cable end on the latch lever and
gently push the cable sleeve retainer in the latch bracket.
NOTE:
The inside handle cable is marked with blue tape and must be attached to
the latch at the center (just above the lower cable). This position is marked
with a "B" on the latch.
4. Trace the inside handle cable along its routing path and install on its retaining clips and position foam
insulators. Use previously made schematic as a guide or remove the opposite side door trim panel and use
that door as a guide.
5. Connect the inside handle cable on the handle assembly. Hook the swedged cable end on the handle lever
and gently push the cable sleeve retainer in the handle bracket.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 209

CABLE, OUTSIDE HANDLE

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .

2. Remove the appropriate side door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim Removal.
3. Remove outside handle access hole grommet.
CAUTION: Make note of cable routing. This will prove helpful when reinstalling
replacement cable. Be certain replacement cable is routed and
retained correctly.
4. Disconnect the outside handle cable from the handle assembly. Gently pry cable sleeve retainer out of the
handle bracket and then unhook swedged cable end from the handle.
6. Trace the outside handle cable along its routing path.
7. Disconnect the outside handle cable from the latch assembly. Gently pry cable sleeve retainer out of the
latch mounting bracket and then unhook swedged cable end from the latch lever.
8. Remove the outside handle cable from the side door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
2. Position the outside handle cable on the door module assembly.
3. Connect the outside handle cable on the latch assembly. Hook the swedged cable end on the latch link
and gently push the cable sleeve retainer in the latch bracket.
4. Trace the outside handle cable along its routing path. Use previously made schematic as a guide or
remove the opposite side door trim panel and use that door as a guide.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 210

6. Connect the outside handle cable on the handle assembly. Hook the swedged cable end on the handle link
and gently push the cable sleeve retainer in the handle bracket.
DOOR, SLIDING
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
1. Apply masking tape to outside surface of quarter panel below the center roller channel, rearward of the
door opening.
2. Release sliding door latch and open door.
3. Apply masking tape to door jamb area, rearward of the upper roller channel.
Fig. 333: Removing/Installing Upper Stop & Upper Stop Bumper

4. Remove upper stop from upper roller arm and remove the upper stop bumper.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 211

Fig. 334: Removing/Installing Hold-Open Latch Striker

5. Remove sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal.
6. Remove hold open latch striker mounting fasteners (4) and striker (1).
7. Open quarter glass.
Fig. 335: Removing/Installing Quarter Outside Moulding

8. Remove the quarter outside moulding fastener (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 212

9. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent remove the quarter outside moulding (4) starting at the front of the
moulding and working toward the rear of the vehicle, until all clips on the moulding are released from the
channel (5) and the tab (3) is fully removed from the hole (1) in the body.
Fig. 336: Removing/Installing Sliding Door

10. Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the sliding door.
11. Remove the cable routing clips (2) from the sliding door and lower hinge and set aside.
12. Support sliding door on a suitable lifting device with a padded upper surface. The door must be moveable
with lifting device in place.
13. Slide attachment lever (4) forward and pull tab down.
CAUTION: Do not allow the center hinge roller to contact the quarter glass.
Glass can break.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Slide door rearward until the upper sliding door hinge roller disengages from the upper channel.
Continue moving the door rearward until the lower rollers exit the lower track.
Continue moving door rearward until center hinge roller exits the channel.
Remove sliding door from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 213

1. Place sliding door in position on lifting device.

2. Position door rearward of the sliding door opening.
CAUTION: Do not allow the center hinge roller to contact the quarter glass.
Glass can break.
3. Engage the center hinge roller into the channel.
4. Roll door forward until lower roller engage into rear of the track.
5. Engage the upper sliding door hinge into the upper channels.

6. Install upper stop bumper.
7. Install hold open latch striker mounting fasteners and striker to prevent door from disengaging from
tracks.
8. Install the cable routing clips (2) from the sliding door and lower hinge.
9. Connect the electrical connector (1) to the sliding door.
10. Install the sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 214

Fig. 338: Removing/Installing Quarter Outside Moulding

11. Install the quarter outside moulding (4) starting with the rear of the moulding and working toward the
front of the vehicle, until the tab (3) is fully seated in the hole (1) in the body and all clips on the
moulding are secured to the channel (5).
12. Install the quarter outside moulding fastener (2).

13. Install sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 215

Fig. 340: Removing/Installing Upper Stop & Upper Stop Bumper

14.
15.
16.
17.
Install the upper stop (1) to the upper roller arm (3).
Install the upper stop bumper.
Remove masking tape from body surfaces.
Verify door operation and fit. Adjust as necessary. See Body/Doors - Sliding/DOOR, Sliding Adjustments.
Adjustments
ADJUSTMENTS
NOTE:
INFORMATION . Door stabilizers and front catch striker should be loose prior to
making sliding door adjustments.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS
1. Close the sliding door, visually checking C-pillar striker alignment entry into latch. Striker at this point
must not affect alignment. Striker should go straight into the latching mechanism.
2. For the left sliding door, check the fuel door blocker striker entry into latch. Striker at this point must not
affect alignment.
3. Check C-pillar and B-pillar for door to aperture gaps and door to door gaps. All gaps should be 5 mm 1
mm.
4. Check door for height using character lines as a reference. Also check roof contour as a controlling factor.
Using the procedures noted below, adjust the side door in the order the individual steps are called out.
DOOR FLUSHNESS ADJUSTMENT
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 216

1. Check sliding door flushness at the C-pillar striker.

2. If the sliding door is under or over flush, remove striker assembly and move thread plate over keeping
one bolt in plate so it will not fall between inner and outer panels.
3. Adjust the C-pillar striker in or out until the door is flush. Then, the on size hole can be elongated in the
direction required. This can be done by grinding or filing the sheet metal and then painting raw edge to
prevent rusting.
4. Check upper B-pillar flushness to A-pillar cover.
5. The sliding door upper hinge can only be moved outboard by adding a 1 mm shim behind the hinge
mounting area once the two attachment bolts are removed and reinstalled. Hinge should be reinstalled in
original position and orientation.
6. Check flushness at upper C-pillar.
DOOR GAP ADJUSTMENT - UP/DOWN
1. Check height of sliding door at the B-pillar and C-pillar to determine which area is contributing the
greatest to the incorrect gaps.
2. Visually inspect the sliding door for fitting low at the top of the door by checking the alignment of the top
contour of the door to the quarter panel.
Fig. 341: Identifying Lower Roller Arm Bracket & Bolts

3. If the sliding door is low at the B-pillar:
a. Remove access plug in the sliding door trim panel.
b. Open the door to mid-point of travel.
c. Mark outline of lower roller arm bracket (2) on sliding door to assist in making adjustments.
d. Loosen lower roller arm bracket bolts (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 217

e. Move hinge downward to raise the door.

f. Tighten lower roller arm bracket bolts to 13 N.m (115 in. lbs.) torque.
g. Verify alignment, adjust as necessary.
Fig. 342: Removing/Installing Center Hinge

4. If the sliding door is high or low at the C-pillar:
a. Open the door to mid-point of travel.
b. Remove striker assembly and move thread plate over keeping one bolt in plate so it will not fall
between inner and outer panels. Adjust the C pillar striker up or down until door is flush at top. The
onsize hole can be elongated in the direction required. This can be done by grinding or filing sheet
metal and then painting raw edge to prevent rusting.
c. Rotate adjustment bolt (2) to raise or lower door so that approach into striker matches new position.
(NOTE: tightening bolt one full revolution raised door 1mm.)
d. Adjust the adjustment bolt up or down to move the door position.
e. Tighten adjustment bolt to raise the door.
f. Verify alignment adjust as necessary.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 218


5. If the sliding door is high at the B-pillar:
a. Remove access plug in the sliding door trim panel.
b. Open the door to mid-point of travel.
c. Mark outline of lower roller arm bracket on sliding door to assist in making adjustments.
d. Loosen lower roller arm bracket bolts.
e. Move hinge upward to lower the door.
f. Tighten lower roller arm bracket bolts to 13 N.m (115 in. lbs.) torque.
g. Verify alignment, adjust as necessary.
6. Fully open the sliding door.
7. Verify that all center hinge bolts are tight.
8. Adjust the rear of the sliding door up by turning the center hinge bolt clockwise
9. Close the door and check the sliding door alignment.
10. Adjust the front of the sliding door up by adjusting lower hinge bolts.
11. Open door half way and remove lower hinge bolt access plug.
12. Loosen bolts as necessary to move the front of door up or down.
13. Check the upper hinge for possible bind, adjust as necessary.
15. Verify alignment, adjust as necessary.
DOOR GAP ADJUSTMENT - FORE/AFT
1. Check C-pillar and B-pillar for door to aperture gaps (5 mm + 1 mm), and door to door gap (5 mm + 1
mm).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 219

2. If adjust gaps require adjustment, mark outline of hinge, loosen center hinge screws as necessary to move
center hinge forward or rearward.
3. Moving center hinge rearward increases the gap at C-pillar and decreases gap at B-pillar. Moving center
hinge forward decreases gap at the C-pillar and increases gap at the B-pillar
4. Move center hinge as necessary, and tighten screws.
6. Verify door alignment, adjust as necessary.
7. Tighten center hinge screws to 13 N.m (115 in. lbs.) torque.
DOOR SEAL COMPRESSION
1. First check Gap AND Flush. See Body/Body Structure/Gap and Flush - Specifications. Check seal
compression near the middle of the door even with the latch assembly. Using a piece of paper, place it
across door seal and close door. Pull paper out of door opening. If paper tears setting is to tight, if paper
slides thought to easily the compression is insufficient and needs to be adjusted.
Fig. 344: Adjusting Seal Compression At Top Of B-Pillar Seal

2. Adjust seal compression at the top of the B-pillar seal.
a. Open door to mid-point of travel.
b. Mark outline of upper roller arm on door to assist in making adjustments.
c. Loosen bolts attaching upper roller arm to door.
d. Add shim (3) to decrease seal compression.
e. Tighten all upper roller arm bolts to 13 N.m (115 in. lbs.) torque.
f. Verify door alignment, adjust as necessary.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 220


3. Adjust seal compression at the bottom of B-pillar seal.
a. Open door to mid-point of travel.
b. Mark outline of lower roller arm on lower roller arm bracket to assist in making adjustments.
c. Loosen bolts holding lower roller arm to lower roller arm bracket.
d. Add shim to decrease seal compression. to decrease seal compression.
e. Tighten lower roller arm bolts to 13 N.m (115 in. lbs.) torque.
f. Verify alignment, adjust as necessary.
NOTE:
Adjusting seal compression at the B-pillar can affect door flushness the Cpillar.
STABILIZER ADJUSTMENT - UPPER/LOWER
1. Open sliding door.

2. Loosen the bolts holding the male stabilizers to the sliding door enough that the stabilizers can move with
some effort.
3. Close and then reopen sliding door.
4. Tighten all stabilizers bolts.
Front Catch Striker

2. Loosen the bolts holding the striker.
3. Close and then reopen sliding door.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 221

4. Tighten fasteners to a torque of 24 N-m (21 in. lbs.).

5. Verify door operation.
GLASS, SLIDING DOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
FIXED GLASS
MOVABLE GLASS
Refer to the FIXED GLASS removal procedure.

Refer to the MOVABLE GLASS removal
procedure.
FIXED GLASS
NOTE:
Fig. 346: Removing/Installing Fixed Glass Mounting Fasteners

1. With the door glass in the appropriate position, remove the door trim panel and inner belt molding. See
Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove appliques. See Body/Doors - Sliding/APPLIQUE - Removal.
3. Remove the fixed glass mounting fasteners (5) and drop glass to full down position.
4. Remove lower glass channel attach bolts and rotate channel out of position.
5. Remove sliding door glass from the opening.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 222

Fig. 347: Removing/Installing Glass

6. Remove the glass (2) from the mounting bracket (6).
MOVABLE GLASS
NOTE:
NOTE:
manually position the window regulator and glass to the appropriate position.
1. With the door glass in the full down position, remove the door trim panel. See Body/Doors Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the rear applique. See Body/Doors - Sliding/APPLIQUE - Removal.
3. Remove the close-out plugs from the door module assembly.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 223


NOTE:
4. Working through the close-out plugs in the door module assembly, carefully back off attach nuts from the
glass brackets to disengage from liftplates on the window regulator.
Fig. 349: Removing/Installing Sliding Door Glass

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:40 PM
Page 224


5. Remove the rear glass run attachment fasteners and push the glass run rearward to allow the glass to be
removed.
6. Remove the sliding door glass from the window opening. Tip the top edge of glass outward and then lift
the glass out of the opening.
Installation
INSTALLATION
FIXED GLASS
MOVABLE GLASS
Refer to the FIXED GLASS installation procedure.

Refer to the MOVABLE GLASS installation
procedure.
FIXED GLASS
NOTE:
Fig. 350: Removing/Installing Glass

1. Install the glass (2) to the fixed glass mounting bracket (6).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 225

Fig. 351: Removing/Installing Fixed Glass Mounting Fasteners

2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the glass to the sliding door.

Install the mounting fasteners (5).
Rotate lower glass channel into position and attach two bolts.
MOVABLE GLASS
NOTE:
NOTE:
If the door glass did not move in the door using with power window switch,
replace the regulator and/or the regulator motor or repair the electrical concern
prior to installing the door glass.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 226

Fig. 352: Removing/Installing Sliding Door Glass

1. Install the sliding door glass (2) into the window opening. Make sure the glass is properly positioned
within the glass run.
2. Pull the rear glass run into position and install the mounting fasteners.

NOTE:
3. Working through the close-out plugs in the door module assembly, carefully engage the sliding door glass
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 227

4.
5.
6.
7.
into the two plastic liftplates (3) located on the window regulator and secure glass attach nuts.
Rotate lower glass channel into position and secure two attach bolts.
Install the close-out plugs onto the door module assembly.
Install the rear applique.
HANDLE, EXTERIOR
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 354: Removing/Installing Exterior Handle

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
Disengage cable to exterior handle.
Remove three screws attaching outside door handle to outer door panel.
Remove outside door handle from vehicle by actuating and pulling from door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 228

Fig. 355: Removing/Installing Exterior Handle

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Position the exterior door handle (1) on vehicle.

Install screws (2) attaching outside door handle to outer door panel.
Engage cable to exterior handle.
Verify sliding door operation. Adjust as necessary.
Install sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
HANDLE, INTERIOR
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 229

Fig. 356: Removing/Installing Interior Door Handle

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
Remove the interior handle mounting fasteners.
Disconnect the locking rod from the interior handle lock button.
Disconnect the inside handle cable from the interior handle assembly.
Remove the interior handle from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 230


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Position the interior handle (1) to the vehicle.

Connect the inside handle cable to the interior handle assembly.
Connect the locking rod to the interior handle lock button.
Install the interior handle mounting fasteners.
Verify sliding door operation. Adjust as necessary. See Body/Doors - Sliding/DOOR, Sliding Adjustments.
6. Install sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
HINGE, CENTER
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 231


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Open sliding door to the mid point of its travel.

Remove cover plate on center track.
Support sliding door on a suitable lifting device.
Mark outline of center hinge (2) of inner door panel to aid installation.
Remove bolts (3) attaching center hinge to sliding door (1).
Remove center hinge from sliding door.
Roll center hinge to rear of roller channel.
Remove center hinge from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
NOTE:
Center hinge has an adjustable bolt for up/down alignment. See Body/Doors Sliding/DOOR, Sliding - Adjustments.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 232


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Place center hinge in position on vehicle.

Roll center hinge (2) forward in roller channel.
Place center hinge in position on sliding door (1) and align marks.
Install bolts (3) attaching center hinge to sliding door.
Install cover plate on center track.
Verify sliding door alignment and operation.
HINGE, LOWER
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 233


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Open sliding door.

Mark outline of roller arm (2) on sliding door (1) to aid installation.
Remove sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal.
Remove the hold open latch. See Body/Doors - Sliding/LATCH - Removal.
Support sliding door on a suitable lifting device with a padded upper surface. The door must be moveable
with lifting device in place.
6. Remove hold open latch striker. See Body/Doors - Sliding/STRIKER, Hold Open Latch - Removal.
7. Remove bolts (3) attaching lower roller arm to sliding door.
8. Remove roller arm from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 234


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install roller arm (2) to sliding door (1).

Install bolts (3) attaching lower roller arm to sliding door.
Install hold open latch striker. See Body/Doors - Sliding/STRIKER, Hold Open Latch - Installation.
Install the hold open latch. See Body/Doors - Sliding/LATCH - Installation.
Install sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
Check sliding door for proper operation.
HINGE, UPPER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 235


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Open sliding door (4), do not latch open.

Remove the screw attaching upper stop bracket.
Remove the stop bracket.
Mark the outline of the upper hinge (1) bracket on the sliding door.
Remove the upper hinge fasteners (2).
Remove the spacer (3).
Remove the upper hinge from the door.
Rotate roller out of upper channel.
Remove upper hinge from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 236


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Rotate roller into upper channel.

Install the spacer (3) if required.
Place upper hinge (1) in position on door.
Align outline marks on sliding door (4) to upper hinge.
Install the upper hinge fasteners (2).
Place stop bracket in position on vehicle.
Install screw attaching upper stop bracket to upper hinge.
Verify sliding door alignment and operation. Adjust as necessary. See Body/Doors - Sliding/DOOR,
Sliding - Adjustments.
LATCH
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 237


1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the mounting fasteners (2) from the door bezel (1).
3. Remove the bezel from the sliding door.
Fig. 365: Removing/Installing Door Trim Panel

4. Remove the mounting fastener (3).
5. Remove the upper rear molding assembly.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 238

6. Using a trim stick or equivalent, carefully pry the door trim panel away from the door.
7. Disconnect the electrical connectors.
8. Remove the sliding door trim panel from the vehicle.
Fig. 366: Removing/Installing Door Module Mounting Fasteners

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Remove the door glass. See Body/Doors - Sliding/GLASS, Sliding Door - Removal.
Remove the front latch screws.
Remove the rear latch screws.
Remove the lower glass channel screws.
Disconnect the lower electrical connector.
Disconnect the exterior door handle cable.
Remove the door module mounting fasteners (1).
Remove the door module (3), by lowering the front of the module and raising the rear, while gently
pulling the door module up and out.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 239


18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Disconnect the electrical connector from the cinch motor (1).

Remove the cinch motor mounting fasteners and remove the cinch motor from the latch/lock assembly.
Disconnect the electrical connector from the actuator (2).
Remove the actuator mounting fastener.
Remove the actuator from the latch/lock assembly.
Remove the latch/lock assembly from the door module.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 240


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the latch/lock assembly to the door module.

Install the actuator (2), to the latch/lock assembly.
Install the actuator mounting fastener.
Connect the electrical connector to the actuator.
Install the cinch motor (1) mounting fasteners and install the cinch motor to the latch/lock assembly.
Connect the electrical connector to the cinch motor.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 241

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Install the door module (3) into the sliding door.

Install the door module mounting fasteners (1).
Connect the exterior door handle cable.
Connect the lower electrical connector.
Install the lower glass channel screws.
Install the rear latch screws.
Install the front latch screws.
Install the door glass. See Body/Doors - Sliding/GLASS, Sliding Door - Installation.

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Install the sliding door trim panel (1) to the door (2).
Connect the electrical connectors.
Firmly seat the door trim panel to the door.
Install the upper rear molding assembly.
Install the mounting fastener (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 242


21. Install the bezel (1) to the sliding door.
22. Install the mounting fasteners (2) to the door bezel (1).
LATCH, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 243


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove module access hole grommet.
Remove the front latch mounting fasteners (3).
Remove the front latch (2) through the door module assembly access hole.
Fig. 373: Removing/Installing Latch

6. Disconnect the front latch cable.
7. Remove the latch from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 244

Fig. 374: Removing/Installing Latch

1. Connect the front latch cable (2).
2. Install the front latch (1) through the door module assembly access hole.

3. Position the front latch (2) inside the sliding door.
4. Install the front latch mounting fasteners (3).
5. Verify proper operation of the sliding door.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 245

6. Install the sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
LATCH, HOLD OPEN
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 376: Removing/Installing Hold Open Latch

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open sliding door mid way.

Remove nuts (2) attaching hold open latch to lower roller arm.
Remove hold open latch (4) from lower arm (1).
Disconnect cable (3) from hold open latch.
Remove hold open latch from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 246

Fig. 377: Removing/Installing Hold Open Latch

1. Connect cable (3) to hold open latch (4).
2. Place hold open latch in position on lower arm (1).
3. Install nuts (2) attaching the hold open latch to lower roller arm. Tighten nuts to 5 N.m (45 in. lbs.)
torque.
4. Install sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
5. Verify sliding door operation and adjust as necessary.
MOTOR, CINCH
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 247


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the sliding door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
Disconnect the electrical connector.
Remove the cinch motor (1) mounting fasteners and remove the cinch motor from the latch/lock
assembly.
Installation
INSTALLATION

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 248


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the cinch motor (1) to the latch/lock assembly and install the mounting fasteners.
PANEL, DOOR TRIM

Removal
REMOVAL

1. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the interior door handle bezel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/BEZEL, Interior Door Handle Removal.
3. Remove the mounting fastener (3).
4. Remove the power window switch (if equipped). Refer to Electrical - Power Systems/Power
Windows/SWITCH, Power Window - Removal .
5. Remove the heated seat switch (if equipped). Refer to Electrical - Heated/Cooled Systems/Heated
Seats/SWITCH, Heated Seat - Removal .
6. Remove the upper rear molding assembly.
7. Remove the door trim panel (1).
8. If required, remove the sunshade from the door trim panel by removing the fasteners on the back of the
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 249

trim panel and remove the sunshade.

Installation
INSTALLATION

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If required, install the sunshade to the trim panel and install the applique fasteners.
Install the door trim panel (1) to the sliding door.
Install the heated seat switch (if equipped). Refer to Electrical - Heated/Cooled Systems/Heated
Seats/SWITCH, Heated Seat - Installation .
Install the power window switch (if equipped). Refer to Electrical - Power Systems/Power
Windows/SWITCH, Power Window - Installation .
Install the interior handle bezel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/BEZEL, Interior Door Handle Installation.
PLATE, CARRIER
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 250

INFORMATION .

1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the mounting fasteners (2) from the door bezel (1).
3. Remove the bezel from the sliding door.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 251

4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove the mounting fastener (3).

Remove the upper rear molding assembly.
Using a trim stick or equivalent, carefully pry the door trim panel away from the door.
Disconnect the electrical connectors.
Remove the sliding door trim panel from the vehicle.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Remove the door glass. See Body/Doors - Sliding/GLASS, Sliding Door - Removal.
Remove the front latch screws.
Remove the rear latch screws.
Remove the lower glass channel screws.
Disconnect the lower electrical connector.
Disconnect the exterior door handle cable.
Remove the door module mounting fasteners (1).
Remove the door module (3), by lowering the front of the module and raising the rear, while gently
pulling the door module up and out.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 252

Fig. 385: Routing Cables & Installing Carrier Plate

1. If replacing with a new carrier plate (2), transfer all cables (1), harnesses and parts. Route and install as
shown.

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Install the door module (3) into the sliding door.

Install the door module mounting fasteners (1).
Connect the exterior door handle cable.
Connect the lower electrical connector.
Install the lower glass channel screws.
Install the rear latch screws.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 253

9. Install the front latch screws.

10. Install the door glass. See Body/Doors - Sliding/GLASS, Sliding Door - Installation.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Install the sliding door trim panel (1) to the door (2).
Firmly seat the door trim panel to the door.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 254


16. Install the bezel (1) to the sliding door.
17. Install the mounting fasteners (2) to the door bezel (1).
REGULATOR, WINDOW
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the power window motor (if equipped). Refer to Electrical - Power Systems/Power
Windows/MOTOR, Window Regulator - Removal .
5. Remove the regulator mounting fasteners and remove the regulator.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Install the regulator and mounting fasteners.

2. Install the power window motor. Refer to Electrical - Power Systems/Power Windows/MOTOR,
Window Regulator - Installation .
4. Install the door trim panel. See Body/Doors - Sliding/PANEL, Door Trim - Installation.
5. Verify the sliding door operation and adjust as necessary.
SOCKET, STABILIZER
Removal
REMOVAL

2. Remove screws holding stabilizer socket to B-pillar .
3. Remove stabilizer socket from vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 255

Fig. 389: Identifying Sliding Door Stabilizer Socket & B-Pillar

1 - B-PILLAR
2 - STABILIZER SOCKET
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Place stabilizer socket in position on vehicle.

NOTE:
Ensure that sealing feature is not damaged, if reusing stabilizer socket.
2. Install screws to hold stabilizer socket to B-pillar. Tighten nuts to 4 N.m (33 in. lbs.) torque.
3. Close sliding door and verify operation.
STABILIZER
Removal
REMOVAL

2. Remove screws attaching stabilizer to door end frame .
3. Remove stabilizer from vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 256

Fig. 390: Identifying Sliding Door Stabilizer

1 - SLIDING DOOR
2 - STABILIZER
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Place stabilizer in position on vehicle.

NOTE:
2.
3.
4.
5.
Loose install screws first. Fit should be snug but free to move when
closing door to align to body half stabilizer.
Loosely install screws attaching stabilizer to door end frame.

Close the door and re-open to align stabilizers to body.
Final tighten screws taking care to maintain alignment.
Verify sliding door operation.
STRIKER, HOLD OPEN LATCH

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 257


1.
2.
3.
4.
Open sliding door, do not latch open.

Remove two bolts attaching sliding door hold open latch striker to door sill.
Remove hold open latch striker from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
INFORMATION .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 258


1.
2.
3.
4.
Place hold open latch striker in position on vehicle.

Install two bolts attaching sliding door hold open latch striker to door sill.
Install sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
Verify sliding door operation and adjust as necessary.
TRACK, CENTER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 259

Fig. 393: Removing/Installing Center Track

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the rear quarter panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Quarter Trim - Removal.
Support the sliding door.
Remove the sliding door center hinge. See Body/Doors - Sliding/HINGE - Removal.
Remove the center track mounting fasteners.
Remove the center track from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 260

Fig. 394: Removing/Installing Center Track

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Position the center track in the vehicle.

Install the center track mounting fasteners.
Install the sliding door center hinge. See Body/Doors - Sliding/HINGE - Installation.
Install the rear quarter panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Quarter Trim - Installation.
Verify door operation.
TRACK, LOWER
Removal
REMOVAL
WARNING: To avoid serious or fatal injury on vehicles equipped with airbags, disable
the supplemental restraint system before attempting any steering wheel,
steering column, airbag, occupant classification system, seat belt
tensioner, impact sensor, or instrument panel component diagnosis or
service. Disconnect and isolate the battery negative (ground) cable, then
wait two minutes for the system capacitor to discharge before performing
further diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the
supplemental restraint system. Failure to take the proper precautions
could result in accidental airbag deployment.
2. Remove the sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 261


3. Disconnect the sliding door wire harness connector from the bottom of the sliding door (1).
4. Remove the wire harness routing clips (2) from the sliding door and the top of the sliding door lower
hinge.
Fig. 396: Pulling Locking Tab Forward & Pulling Chain Link Down
5. Pull locking tab (2) forward to release the rear wire harness chain link clip. Pull the chain link (1) down
off of the mounting pin on the sliding door lower hinge.
6. Disconnect the side impact sensor electrical connector.
7. Remove the wire harness routing clips.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 262

8. Pull the harness out of the body channel and set aside.
9. Remove the side impact sensor retaining bolt and remove the sensor from the body channel.
10. With power sliding door, remove the power sliding door drive assembly. Refer to Electrical - Power
Systems/Power Sliding Door/DRIVE ASSEMBLY - Removal .
Fig. 397: Supporting Sliding Door Using Floor Jack

11. Position a floor jack, with a block of wood under the leading edge of the side door to support it.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 263


12. Remove the hold-open striker retaining bolts (4) and remove the hold open striker (1).
13. Remove the hold-open latch retaining nuts (2) and remove the hold open latch from the lower sliding
door hinge (3).
14. Remove the sliding door lower hinge. See HINGE, Lower.
15. Remove the sliding door inner seal from the bottom of the door opening.
16. Remove the five lower track retaining nuts.
17. Carefully remove the track from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. With power sliding door, install the power sliding door drive assembly. Refer to Electrical - Power
Systems/Power Sliding Door/DRIVE ASSEMBLY - Installation .
2. Carefully install the track in the vehicle.
3. Install the five lower track retaining nuts.
4. Install the sliding door inner seal to the bottom of the door opening.
5. Install the sliding door lower hinge. See INSTALLATION.

6. Install the hold open latch to the lower sliding door hinge (3) and install the hold-open latch retaining nuts
(2).
7. Install the hold open striker (1) and install the hold-open striker retaining bolts (4).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 264

8. Install the sensor from the body channel and install the side impact sensor retaining bolt.
9. Connect the side impact sensor electrical connector.
10. Install the harness into the body channel.

11. Connect the sliding door wire harness connector to the bottom of the sliding door (1).
12. Install the sliding door sill plate. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
TRACK, UPPER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 265

Fig. 401: Removing/Installing Upper Track

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

Open the sliding door.
Lower the headliner. See Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Removal.
Support the sliding door.
Remove the sliding door upper hinge. See HINGE, Upper.
Remove the upper track fasteners.
Remove the upper track.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 266

Fig. 402: Removing/Installing Upper Track

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Position the upper track into the vehicle.

Install the upper track fasteners.
Install the sliding door upper hinge. See INSTALLATION.
Install the headliner. See Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Installation.
Verify door operation.
EXTERIOR
APPLIQUE
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Mark reference points before removing.

2. Using a heat gun gently apply heat in a circular motion to loosen the adhesive bond.
3. Using a nonmetallic prying device, such as a plastic or wood trim stick gently pry up at corners and
remove.
4. Clean off all traces of adhesive or double sided tape from the panel with a general purpose adhesive
remover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 267

1.
2.
3.
4.
Clean panel surface with isopropyl alcohol.

Align badging to reference points.
Install and press securely to full adhesive contact
Clean away any reference points.
COVER, COWL PANEL

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 403: Removing/Installing Cowl Grille ("Cowl Panel Cover")

1.
2.
3.
4.
Raise the hood.

Remove the wiper arms.
Remove the push pins (2) and metal clips for the cowl grille (3).
Remove the cowl grille (3).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 268

Fig. 404: Removing/Installing Cowl Grille ("Cowl Panel Cover")

1. Install the cowl grille (3) in place to the vehicle and route the clips under the windshield (1).
2. Install the push pins (2) and metal clips.
3. Install the wiper arms.
CROSSMEMBER, RADIATOR
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 405: Identifying Grille Pushpin & Fastener Bolts

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 269

1. Release hood latch and open hood.

2. Remove the grille pushpin (2).
3. Remove the grille fastener bolts (3).
Fig. 406: Identifying Hood Latch Bolts & Brace Bolts

4. Remove the bolts (1) attaching hood latch to crossmember and position latch out of the way.
5. Remove the bolts (2) attaching the braces to the crossmember.
Fig. 407: Identifying Hood Latch & Cable

6. unclip the cable (2) from the latch (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 270

Fig. 408: Identifying Crossmember & Bolts

7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove all the bolts (1) attaching the crossmember (2) to the body.
Lift the crossmember (2) upward and away from the vehicle.
Unclip the hood cable from upper radiator crossmember.
Remove crossmember (2) from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 409: Identifying Crossmember & Bolts

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 271

NOTE:
The Vehicle Emission Control Information (VECI) label(s) must be in place for
the life of the vehicle. When replacing the component in which the VECI label is
adhered, a new VECI label must also be adhered to the new component.
1. Install the hood latch cable to the crossmember.

2. Place radiator crossmember (2) in position on vehicle, Align with paint breaks around bolt heads.
3. Install the bolts (1) attaching the crossmember to the body. Tighten bolts to 19 N.m (14 ft. lbs.) torque.
Fig. 410: Identifying Hood Latch & Cable

4. Reclip the hood latch cable (2) to the hood latch (1).
Fig. 411: Identifying Hood Latch Bolts & Brace Bolts

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 272

5. Install the hood latch, Align with paint breaks around bolt heads. Tighten bolts (1) to 13.5 N.m (10 ft.
lbs.) torque.
6. Install the two crossmember brace bolts (2). Tighten bolts to 19 N.m (14 ft. lbs.) torque.
Fig. 412: Identifying Grille Pushpin & Fastener Bolts

7. Install the grille push pins (2) and fastener bolts (3).
8. Verify hood latch operation and hood alignment.
DOOR, FUEL FILL
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 273

Fig. 413: Removing/Installing Fuel Fill Door

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open fuel fill door.

Remove the gas cap (4).
Remove the holding cable (5) for the gas cap (4) to the fuel fill door (1).
Remove the fasteners (2) holding the fuel fill door (1) to the body.
Disengage clip holding link (3) to fuel fill door.
Remove fuel fill door from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 274


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the fuel fill door (1) to the vehicle.

Engage clip to hold link (3) to fuel fill door (1).
Install the fasteners (2) to the body.
Install the gas cap holding cable (5) to the fuel fill door (1).
Install the gas cap (4).
Verify fuel fill blocker latch operation.
FENDER, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 415: Identifying Sideview Mirror Fender Upper Bolt

1. Remove the sideview mirror flag. See Body/Door - Front/FLAG, Mirror - Removal.
2. Remove the upper bolt (2) from the body at the sideview mirror.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 275

Fig. 416: Identifying Fender Midpoint Bolt

3. Remove inner splash shield. See Body/Exterior/SHIELD, Splash - Removal.
4. Remove the midpoint bolt 2 from the fender (1).
Fig. 417: Identifying Fender Lower Bolts

5. Remove fender to fascia nuts.
6. Pull fascia away from fender.
7. Remove outboard cowl grille/fender bracket screw and antenna right side only.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 276

8. Remove fender bolts (2) to lower rocker panel.
Fig. 418: Identifying Fender Upper Bolts

9. Support/remove hood. See Body/Hood - Removal.
10. Remove bolts attaching fender to upper rail (2).
11. Remove fender (1) from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 277

Fig. 419: Identifying Fender Upper Bolts

1. Place fender (1) in position on vehicle.
2. From inside engine compartment, start the top fender bolts in sequence. install all the bolts attaching
fender to upper rail (2) and tighten in sequence to 12.5 N.m (9 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 420: Identifying Fender Lower Bolts

3. Install fender (1) to rocker panel bolt (2) and tighten in sequence to 12.5 N.m (9 ft. lbs.).
4. Install the midtab fender bolt (2) to the body and tighten to 12.5 N.m (9 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 278

Fig. 421: Identifying Sideview Mirror Fender Upper Bolt

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Install the upper attachment bolt (2) to the body and tighten to 12.5 N.m (9 ft. lbs.).
Install the sideview mirror flag. See Body/Door - Front/FLAG, Mirror - Installation.
Install and align the fascia to the fender. Tighten the bolts to 5.5 N.m (49 in.lbs.).
Install the hood. See Body/Hood - Installation.
Install outboard cowl grille/fender bracket screw and install antenna right side only.
Install inner splash shield. See Body/Exterior/SHIELD, Splash - Installation.
Check fender for flush and gap. See Body/Body Structure/Gap and Flush - Specifications.
GRILLE
Removal
CHRYSLER
Fig. 422: Identifying Front Fascia Bolts & Push Pins

1. Release hood latch and open hood.
2. Hoist vehicle and support with safety stands.
3. Remove front wheelhouse splash shields fasteners (6 AND 7) as necessary to gain access to bolts
attaching front fascia to fender (5). See Body/Exterior/SHIELD, Splash - Removal.
4. Remove the two bolts (4) and two push pins (3) attaching fascia to the upper core support.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 279

Fig. 423: Identifying Front Fascia Push Pins At Lower Support

5. Remove push pins (1) attaching the fascia (3) to the lower support (2).
Fig. 424: Identifying Fog Lamp Wire Connector

6. Disconnect fog lamp wire connectors (2), if necessary.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 280

Fig. 425: Identifying Electrical Wiring Harness At Front Rail Support

7. Disconnect the electrical wiring harness (1), if equipped at the front rail support.

8. Lower vehicle.
9. Remove grille/bumper fascia (1) from vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 281

DODGE
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the upper grille fasteners and push pins.

Remove the emblem from the grille.
Unclip the inserts from the fascia.
Remove the grille insert from the fascia and vehicle.
Installation
CHRYSLER

1. Position the grille/bumper fascia (1) on vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:41 PM
Page 282

Fig. 428: Identifying Electrical Wiring Harness At Front Rail Support

2. Reconnect the electrical wiring harness (1), if equipped at the front rail support.
Fig. 429: Identifying Fog Lamp Wire Connector

3. Reconnect fog lamp wire connectors (2), if necessary.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 283


4. Install the two bolts (4) and two push pins (3) attaching fascia to the upper core support. Tighten the bolts
to 5.5 N.m (49 in.lbs.).
5. Install the bolts attaching the front fascia to fender (5). Tighten the bolts to 5.5 N.m (49 in.lbs.).
6. Install the front wheelhouse splash shields fasteners (6 AND 7). See Body/Exterior/SHIELD, Splash Installation.
Fig. 431: Identifying Front Fascia Push Pins At Lower Support

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 284


7. Install the push pins (1) attaching the fascia (3) to the lower support (2).
8. Lower the vehicle.
DODGE
1. Install the grille insert to the fascia and clip into place.
2. Install the emblem.
3. Install the upper push pins and fasteners for the grille.
LATCH, FUEL FILL DOOR BLOCKER
Removal
REMOVAL

1. Open the side sliding door.
2. Disengage the latch release link (3) from the fuel fill door (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 285

Fig. 433: Identifying Fuel Fill Blocker Latch At Vehicle Body

3. Remove screw holding the fuel fill blocker latch (1) to the body (2).
4. Remove fuel fill blocker latch (1) from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION

1. Position fuel fill blocker latch (1) on vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 286


2. Engage the latch release link (3) to the fuel fill door (1).

3. Install the screw to hold the fuel fill blocker latch to body (2).
4. Verify fuel fill blocker latch operation.
MIRROR, OUTSIDE REARVIEW
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 287

1. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove the trim cover (2).

2. Partially remove the door trim panel as necessary to gain access to the mirror (2) Electric mirrors only .
See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 288

Fig. 439: Identifying Outside Rearview Mirror Electrical Connector

3. Disconnect the electrical connector (1), if equipped.
Fig. 440: Identifying Mirror Bolt

4. Remove the bolt (3).
5. Remove the mirror (1) from the pillar.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 289

Fig. 441: Identifying Mirror Bolt

1. Route the mirror wire harness, if equipped, through the hole (2) then place the side view mirror (1) in
position on vehicle.
2. Install the bolt (3) and tighten to 20 N.m (177 in. lbs.).
Fig. 442: Identifying Outside Rearview Mirror Electrical Connector

3. Connect the electrical connector (1), if equipped.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 290


4. Install the door panel (2) Electric mirrors only . See Body/Door - Front/PANEL, Door Trim Installation.
5. Install the mirror trim cover (2).
MIRROR, OUTSIDE REARVIEW, GLASS
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 291

Removal
REMOVAL
WARNING: Always wear eye and hand protection when servicing the mirror glass.
Failure to observe these warnings may result in personal injury from
broken glass.
Fig. 445: Removing Outside Rearview Mirror Glass Using Trim Stick
1. Position the mirror glass (1) so that it is facing in toward the vehicle as far as possible.
3. Using a trim stick C-4755 or equivalent flat bladed tool (2), release the two outer mirror glass holder
retaining clips from the mirror motor by inserting the trim stick between the mirror glass holder and the
mirror motor.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 292

Fig. 446: Identifying Mirror Glass Holder, Mirror Motor, & Mirror Glass Retaining Clips
4. Carefully pull/pry the outside edges of the mirror glass holder (1) away from the mirror motor (2) to
disengage the remaining six mirror glass retaining clips (3) from the mirror motor.
5. Separate the mirror glass holder from the mirror motor and disconnect the mirror wire harness from the
heated glass electrical connector, if equipped.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 447: Identifying Mirror Glass Holder, Mirror Motor, & Mirror Glass Retaining Clips
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 293


1. Connect the mirror wire harness to the heated glass electrical connector, if equipped.
2. Position the mirror glass holder (1) to the mirror assembly and align the eight mirror glass retaining clips
(3) to the mirror motor (2).
Fig. 448: Installing Outside Rearview Mirror Glass

NOTE:
Pressure must be applied equally over the center portion of the mirror
glass to fully engage the mirror glass retaining clips to the mirror motor.
3. Using one hand, carefully push the mirror glass holder (1) onto the mirror motor, while at the same time
supporting the mirror housing (2) from the backside with the other hand. Firmly push on the mirror glass
holder until all eight mirror glass retaining clips are fully engaged.
4. Verify retention of the mirror glass holder by gently pulling outward on the glass.
NAMEPLATE
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 294

Fig. 449: Identifying Nameplates

1 - NAMEPLATE "DODGE" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
2 - NAMEPLATE "CHRYSLER" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
3 - NAMEPLATE GRAND VOYAGER "LX", "TOURING", "LIMITED" - LIFTGATE - LOWER
RIGHT (USE WITH "CHRYSLER" NAMEPLATE ONLY)
4 - NAMEPLATE TOWN & COUNTRY "LX", "TOURING", "LIMITED" - LIFTGATE - LOWER
5 - NAMEPLATE GRAND CARAVAN "SE", "SXT", "C/V" - LIFTGATE - LOWER RIGHT (USE
WITH "DODGE" NAMEPLATE ONLY)
6 - NAMEPLATE "4.0L" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
7- NAMEPLATE "CRD" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
8 - DIMENSIONAL GRAPHIC "FLEX FUEL E85 ETHANOL" - LIFTGATE-LOWER LEFT BELOW
ENGINE DISPLACEMENT
NOTE:
Exterior name plate and decal usage vary by model.
1. As a guide for installation, apply a length of masking tape on the body, parallel to the top edge and, to one
end of the name plate or decal being removed.
CAUTION: Do not exceed 52 C (120 F) when heating name plates, decals or
body panels. Failure to follow this caution may result in damage to
the name plates, decals and/or the vehicle paint finish.
2. If the temperature is below 21 C (70 F), warm the name plate or decal with a heat lamp or heat gun.
NOTE:
The exterior name plates are attached to the body with adhesive tape.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 295

3. Using a trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, carefully remove the name plate or decal from the body panel, as
necessary.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 450: Identifying Nameplates

1 - NAMEPLATE "DODGE" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
2 - NAMEPLATE "CHRYSLER" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
3 - NAMEPLATE GRAND VOYAGER "LX", "TOURING", "LIMITED" - LIFTGATE - LOWER
4 - NAMEPLATE TOWN & COUNTRY "LX", "TOURING", "LIMITED" - LIFTGATE - LOWER
5 - NAMEPLATE GRAND CARAVAN "SE", "SXT", "C/V" - LIFTGATE - LOWER RIGHT (USE
WITH "DODGE" NAMEPLATE ONLY)
6 - NAMEPLATE "4.0L" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
7- NAMEPLATE "CRD" - LIFTGATE - LOWER LEFT
8 - DIMENSIONAL GRAPHIC "FLEX FUEL E85 ETHANOL" - LIFTGATE-LOWER LEFT BELOW
ENGINE DISPLACEMENT
1. Thoroughly clean all residue from the name plate or decal attachment areas of the body.
2. Wipe the attachment areas with a clean, lint-free cloth, moistened with a 50% solution of water and
alcohol and then wipe dry the areas immediately with a dry, lint-free cloth.
CAUTION: Do not exceed 52 C (120 F) when heating name plates, decals or
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 296

body panels. Failure to follow this caution may result in damage to

the name plates, decals and/or the vehicle paint finish.
NOTE:
If ambient temperatures are below 21 C (70 F), warm the name plate or
decal and body panel with a heat lamp or gun to assure proper adhesion.
3. Remove the protective covering from the back of name plate or decal and position the name plate or decal
onto the body using the previously installed guide tape.
NOTE:
To ensure proper name plate or decal adhesion, apply consistent and

uniform pressure of approximately 40 p.s.i. over the entire surface of each
name plate or decal.
4. Install the name plate or decal onto the body.

RACK, LUGGAGE
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 451: Removing/Installing Luggage Rack

1.
2.
3.
4.
Detach the riser snap to remove riser (2) from the rail (1).
Repeat for the opposite side, if necessary.
Remove riser(s) (2) from vehicle.
Remove the nuts (3) securing the luggage rack (1) to the roof.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 297

5. Remove the luggage rack (1).

Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 452: Removing/Installing Luggage Rack

1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the luggage rack (1) to the vehicle over the studs (4) in the roof.
Install the nuts (3) and tighten to 35 N.m (26 ft.lbs.).
Place the risers (2) into position on luggage rack side rail (1).
Repeat for the opposite side, if necessary.
SHIELD, SPLASH, FRONT WHEELHOUSE

Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 298

Fig. 453: Identifying Splash Shield Push Pin Fasteners

1. Hoist and support vehicle on safety stands. Refer to Vehicle Quick Reference/Hoisting - Standard
Procedure .
2. Remove the push pin fasteners (1) attaching splash shield (2) to body.
Fig. 454: Identifying Splash Shield Screws

3. Remove the screws (2) attaching wheelhouse splash shield (1) to the front and rear of the fender.
4. Remove splash shield (1) from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 299

Fig. 455: Identifying Splash Shield Screws

1. Place splash shield (1) in position on vehicle.
2. Install screws (2) attaching the wheelhouse splash shield (1) to front fender.
Fig. 456: Identifying Splash Shield Push Pin Fasteners

3. Install the push pin fasteners (1) attaching splash shield (2) to the body.
4. Lower vehicle.
SHIELD, SPLASH, LEFT REAR WHEELHOUSE
Removal
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 300

REMOVAL
Fig. 457: Removing/Installing Left Rear Splash Shield

1. Hoist and support vehicle on safety stands. Refer to Vehicle Quick Reference/Hoisting - Standard
Procedure .
2. Remove the push pin fasteners (1) attaching splash shield (2) to body.
3. Remove splash shield (1) from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 458: Removing/Installing Left Rear Splash Shield

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 301

1. Install the splash shield (2) in position.

2. Install the push pin fasteners (1) attaching splash shield (2) to the body.
3. Lower vehicle.
SPOILER
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 459: Identifying Liftgate, Liftgate Fasteners, & Upper Trim Panel
1. Open the rear liftgate (3).
2. Remove the two fasteners (2) on each side of the liftgate.
3. Remove the upper trim panel (1) on the rear lift gate. See
Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL, Trim - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 302

Fig. 460: Removing/Installing Spoiler

NOTE:
4.
5.
6.
7.
The two outboard clips are accessible through holes (1) and can be
compressed with a 8mm socket. The middle clip is blind and requires a
8mm box wrench. If the center clip is broken it is service part.
Remove the two fasteners (2) and unclip the 3 pushpins (1) for the rear spoiler.
Disconnect the electrical connector for the brake lamp.
Disconnect the washer hose from the spoiler.
Remove the spoiler from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 303

Fig. 461: Removing/Installing Spoiler

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the rear spoiler to the vehicle.

Reconnect the washer hose.
Reconnect the brake lamp electrical connector.
Install the rear spoiler into position and push down to seat the pushpins (1) in place.
Install the 2 inner fastener nuts (2).
Fig. 462: Identifying Liftgate, Liftgate Fasteners, & Upper Trim Panel
6. Install the 2 outer fastener nuts (2).
7. Install the upper trim panel (1) for the liftgate (3). See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL,
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 304

HOOD
REMOVAL
REMOVAL
Fig. 463: Removing/Installing Hood

1.
2.
3.
4.
Raise hood.
Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark location of hood hinges (3) on hood (2) to aid installation.
Remove nuts (1) attaching hinges (3) to hood (2).
With the aid of a helper, remove hood (2) from vehicle.
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 305


1. Position hood (2) onto the hinges (3).
2. Loosely install nuts (1).
3. Align hinges with installation reference marks made previously and tighten nuts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).
CAUTION: Prior to fully closing the hood, verify that the striker and latch are in
alignment.
4. If required, adjust the hood to the correct position. See Body/Body Structure/Gap and Flush Specifications.
CABLE, HOOD RELEASE
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 306

Fig. 465: Identifying Crossmember Support Clips & Grommet

1. Remove the upper radiator crossmember. See Body/Exterior/CROSSMEMBER, Radiator - Removal.
2. Separate the support clips (2) from the crossmember and the body.
3. Separate the grommet (1) from the cowl panel.
Fig. 466: Identifying Cable/Handle Assembly, Cowl Panel, & Screws

4. Remove the screws (3) and pull the cable and handle assembly (2) out from the cowl panel (1).
Installation
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 307

INSTALLATION
Fig. 467: Identifying Cable/Handle Assembly, Cowl Panel, & Screws

1. Push the cable through the hole (1) in the cowl panel.
2. Position the release handle (2) back and install the screws (3).
3. Seat the grommet in the hole (1) fully.
Fig. 468: Identifying Crossmember Support Clips & Grommet

4. Position the cable (3) and seat the support clips (2) on the body and upper radiator crossmember, fully.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 308

5. Install the upper radiator crossmember. See Body/Exterior/CROSSMEMBER, Radiator - Installation.

HINGE, HOOD
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 469: Identifying Hood Hinge & Bolts

NOTE:
It is not necessary to remove the hood to replace the hood hinges. Hood hinges
can be replaced one at a time.
1. Remove the cowl grille. See Body/Exterior/COVER, Cowl Panel - Removal.

2. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the position of the hood hinge (1) on the hood and body to aid
installation.
3. Support the hood and remove the bolts (2) that secures the hood hinge to the body.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 309


4. Remove the nuts (1) that secure the hood hinge (3) to the hood (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION

NOTE:
It is not necessary to remove the hood to replace the hood hinges. Hood hinges
can be replaced one at a time.
1. Position the hood hinge (3) onto the hood (2).

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 310

2. Loosely install nuts (1).

3. Align hinges with installation reference marks made previously and tighten nuts to 25 N.m (18 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 472: Identifying Hood Hinge & Bolts

4. Install the bolts (2) that secures the hood hinge (1) to the body.
5. Align the hood hinge to the hood and the fender rail using the reference marks made during the removal
procedure.
6. Tighten the rear bolt then the front bolt to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).
alignment.
7. If required, adjust the hood to the correct position. See Body/Body Structure/Gap and Flush Specifications.
LATCH, HOOD
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 311

Fig. 473: Identifying Hood Latch, Bolts, & Cable

1. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the position of the hood latch (3) on the upper radiator
crossmember (4).
2. Remove the bolts (1) and remove the latch (3).
3. Disconnect the latch cable (2) from the latch (3).
4. Separate the cable (2) from the latch (3).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 474: Identifying Hood Latch, Bolts, & Cable

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 312

1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect the latch release cable (2) to the latch (3).

Install the latch (3) and loosely install the bolts (1).
Line up the latch (3) with the marks on the radiator crossmember (4) made during removal.
Tighten the bolts (1) to 11 N.m (8 ft. lbs.).
alignment.
5. If required, adjust the hood and/or latch to the correct position. See Body/Body Structure/Gap and
Flush - Specifications.
STRIKER, HOOD
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 475: Removing/Installing Latch Striker

1. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the position of the striker (1) on the hood to aid installation.
2. Remove the bolts (2) and remove the latch striker/safety catch (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 313

Fig. 476: Removing/Installing Latch Striker

1. Install the striker (1) and install the bolts (2).
2. Line up the striker (1) with the marks made on the hood previously and tighten the bolts (2) to 9 N.m (80
in. lbs.)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
BEZEL, INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel center bezel. See Body/Instrument Panel/BEZEL, Instrument Panel Removal.
2. Remove the instrument panel end cap.
3. Remove the knee blocker. See Body/Instrument Panel/KNEEBLOCKER - Removal.
4. Remove the shifter knob.
5. Remove the nine mounting fasteners.
6. Disconnect the electrical connector.
7. Remove the cluster bezel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Position cluster bezel into place.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 314

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect the electrical connector.

Install the nine mounting fasteners.
Install the knee blocker. See Body/Instrument Panel/KNEEBLOCKER - Installation.
Install the instrument panel end cap.
Install the instrument panel center bezel. See Body/Instrument Panel/BEZEL, Instrument Panel Installation.
7. Install the shifter knob.
BEZEL, INSTRUMENT PANEL, CENTER

Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument panel hood. See Body/Instrument Panel/COVER, Instrument Panel Removal.
2. Remove the storage bin. See Body/Instrument Panel/BIN, Instrument Panel - Removal.
3. Remove the top two and lower two fasteners from the center bezel.
5. Remove the center bezel from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Seat the center bezel to the instrument panel (IP) and engage the spring clips.
Install the top and lower fasteners.
Install the storage bin. See Body/Instrument Panel/BIN, Instrument Panel - Installation.
Install the IP hood. See Body/Instrument Panel/COVER, Instrument Panel - Installation.
BIN, INSTRUMENT PANEL

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
LHD model shown. RHD model similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 315

Fig. 477: Removing/Installing Instrument Panel Console

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable.

On LHD models, remove the front floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.
On RHD models, remove the cover from the floor mounted gear selector.
Remove the six plastic retainers (2) that secure the instrument panel console (1) to the instrument panel.
Disconnect the wire harness connectors (3) from the back of the console and remove the console.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 316


1. Position the instrument panel console (1) to the instrument panel and connect the wire harness connectors
(3) to the back of the console.
2. Install the six plastic retainers (2) that secure the instrument panel console to the instrument panel.
3. On LHD models, install the front floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Installation.
4. On RHD models, install the cover to the floor mounted gear selector.
BRACKET, INSTRUMENT PANEL, CENTER SUPPORT
Removal
REMOVAL
WARNING: Disable the airbag system before attempting any steering wheel, steering
column, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect
and isolate the negative battery (ground) cable, then wait two minutes for
the airbag system capacitor to discharge before performing further
diagnosis or service. This is the only sure way to disable the airbag
system. Failure to take the proper precautions may result in accidental
airbag deployment and possible serious or fatal injury.
NOTE:
LHD model shown in illustrations. RHD model similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 317


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable.

On LHD models, remove the front floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.
On RHD models, remove the cover from the floor mounted gear selector.
Remove the six plastic retainers (2) that secure the instrument panel console (1) to the instrument panel.
Disconnect the wire harness connectors (3) from the back of the console and remove the console.
Fig. 480: Removing/Installing Instrument Panel Center Support Brackets

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 318

NOTE:
Right side shown. Left side similar.
6. Pull the carpet back to gain access to the instrument panel center support brackets (3).
7. Remove the four bolts (2) that secure each instrument panel center support bracket to the instrument panel
support (1) and the floor panel (4).
8. Disengage the retaining tab that secures the top of each instrument panel center support bracket to the
instrument panel support and remove the brackets.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

NOTE:
1. Engage the retaining tab that secures the top of each instrument panel center support bracket (3) to the
instrument panel support (1) and position each bracket to the floor panel (4).
2. Install the four bolts (2) that secure each instrument panel center support bracket to the instrument panel
support and the floor panel. Tighten the bolts to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).
3. Reposition the carpet.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 319


CAP, INSTRUMENT PANEL END
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 320

Fig. 483: Removing/Installing Instrument Panel End Caps

1. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the right and left side
instrument panel end caps (1) to the instrument panel (2) and remove the end caps.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 321


1. Position the right and left side instrument panel end caps (1) to the instrument panel (2) and engage the
retaining tabs that secure the end caps to the instrument panel. Make sure the retaining tabs are fully
engaged.
COVER, INSTRUMENT PANEL, CENTER STACK HOOD
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the defroster grille.

Remove two rear fasteners.
Remove fastener covers from front of instrument panel hood and remove the fasteners.
Remove IP hood.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Position IP hood to instrument panel.

2. Install the rear fasteners.
3. Install the front fasteners and snap the fastener covers.
COVER, INSTRUMENT PANEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 322

Fig. 485: Removing/Installing Instrument Panel Cover

1. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs (2) that secure the rear of the
instrument panel top cover (1) to the instrument panel (3).
2. Pull the instrument panel top cover rearward to disengage the retaining tabs (4) at the front of the cover
and remove the cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 323


1. Position the instrument panel top cover (1) to the top of the instrument panel (3) and engage the retaining
tabs (2) that secure the front of the cover to the instrument panel.
2. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the rear of the instrument panel top cover to the instrument panel.
Make sure the retaining tabs are fully engaged.
COVER, INSTRUMENT PANEL, STEERING COLUMN OPENING
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 324

Fig. 487: Removing/Installing Steering Column Cover

1. Remove the screws (3) that secure the steering column cover (2) to the instrument panel (1) and remove
the cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION

1. Install the screws (3) that secure the steering column cover (2) to the instrument panel (1).
GLOVE BOX, INSTRUMENT PANEL
Removal
REMOVAL
UPPER GLOVE BOX
1. Remove the instrument panel center bezel. See Body/Instrument Panel/BEZEL, Instrument Panel Removal.
2. Remove the instrument panel end cap.
3. Remove fasteners from the upper glove box.
4. Carefully pry out the upper glove box disengaging the spring clips.
LOWER GLOVE BOX
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 325

1. Open lower glove box door.

2. While pressing on both sides of the door pull the door down until stops are disengaged from the lower IP
panel.
3. Carefully disengage the bottom hinges and remove the door.
Installation
INSTALLATION
UPPER GLOVE BOX
1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the upper glove box and seat spring clips.

Install the mounting fasteners.
Install the instrument panel end cap.
Install the instrument panel center bezel. See Body/Instrument Panel/BEZEL, Instrument Panel Installation.
LOWER GLOVE BOX
1. Place the lower glove box door into position and engage the hinges.
2. Raise door while pressing in on both sides until the stops engage in the panel opening.
3. Close the glove box.
KNEEBLOCKER
Removal
REMOVAL
column, or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect
system. Failure to take the proper precautions may result in accidental
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 326


1. Remove the screws (3) that secure the knee blocker cover (2) to the driver side of the instrument panel (1)
Fig. 490: Removing/Installing Knee Blocker

2. Remove the four bolts (3) that secure the knee blocker (2) to the instrument panel support (1).
3. Lift the knee blocker upwards to disengage the retaining tabs that secure the knee blocker to the support
and remove the knee blocker.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 327

Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

1. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the knee blocker (2) to the instrument panel support (1).
2. Install the four screws (3) that secure the knee blocker to the instrument panel support. Tighten the bolts
to 4 N.m (35 in. lbs.) in the following sequence:
Upper outboard
Upper inboard
Lower outboard
Lower inboard
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 328


3. Install the screws (3) that secure the knee blocker cover (2) to the driver side of the instrument panel (1).
Tighten the screws securely.
PANEL, INSTRUMENT
Description
DESCRIPTION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 329

Fig. 493: Identifying Instrument Panel Components

INSTRUMENT PANEL BREAKDOWN
1 - Instrument Panel Cover
2 - Top Cover
3 - Left End Cap
4 - Right End Cap
5 - Cluster Bezel
6 - Gap Hider
7 - Headlamp Bezel
8 - Ignition Bezel
9 - BTSI Override Plug
10 - Center Stack Hood
11 - Center Bezel
12 - Upper Glove Box Bin
13 - Upper Glove Box Bin Trim
14 - Upper Glove Box Bin Latch
15 - Upper Glove Box Bin Inner Door
16 - PAB Panel/Door
19 - Lower Glove Box Surround

20 - Left Lower Center Stack Panel
21 - Right Lower Center Stack Panel
22 - Lower Console w/Inverter
23 - Inverter Bezel
24 - Lower Console Mat
25 - A/C Outlets
26 - Steering Column Cover
27 - Cubby Bin
28 - Cubby Bin Mat
29 - Cup Holder Assembly
30 - Upper Glove Box Bin Outer Door
31 - A/C Outlet
32 - A/C Outlet
33 - A/C Outlet
34 - A/C Outlet
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 330

17 - Lower Glove Box Bin

18 - Lower Glove Box Door
35 - A/C Outlet
36 - A/C Outlet
Removal
REMOVAL
column or instrument panel component diagnosis or service. Disconnect
system. Failure to follow these instructions may result in accidental
NOTE:
Take the proper precautions to protect the front face of the instrument panel
from cosmetic damage during this service procedure.
NOTE:

2. On LHD models, disconnect gearshift cable from the transaxle and disconnect the cable from the bracket
in the engine compartment. Refer to Transmission and Transfer Case/Automatic - 41TE/CABLE,
Shift - Removal .
3. Remove the steering column. Refer to Steering/Column - Removal .
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 331

4. Remove the left and right side A-pillar trim panels. See Body/Interior/PANEL, A-Pillar Trim Removal.
5. Disconnect the wire harness connectors located on the A-pillars and disengage the instrument panel wire
harness retainers from the A-pillars.
6. Using Trim Stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs (2) that secure the rear of the
instrument panel top cover (1) to the instrument panel (3).
7. Pull the instrument panel top cover rearward to disengage the retaining tabs at the front of the cover and
remove the cover.
Fig. 495: Identifying Defroster Duct Screws

8. Remove the two screws (1) that secure the defroster duct (2) to the top of the instrument panel cover (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 332

Fig. 496: Identifying Instrument Panel Top Bolts

9. Remove the seven bolts (2) that secure the front of the instrument panel (1) to the top of the dash panel
(3).

NOTE:
10. Using Trim Stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the right and left side
instrument panel end caps (1) to the instrument panel (2) and remove the end caps.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 333

Fig. 498: Removing/Installing Instrument Panel Silencer

11. If equipped, remove the push-pin retainers (1) that secure the silencer (3) to the passenger side of the
instrument panel (2) and remove the silencer.
Fig. 499: Identifying Bolt At Passenger Side Of HVAC Air Distribution Housing
12. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the passenger side of the HVAC air distribution housing (4) to the
underside of the instrument panel support (3).
13. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness from the HVAC wire harness connector (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 334

Fig. 500: Identifying Bolt At Passenger Side End Of HVAC Housing

14. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the passenger side end of the HVAC housing (3) to the underside of the
instrument panel support (2).

15. Remove the screws (3) that secure the knee blocker cover (2) to the driver side of the instrument panel (1)
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:42 PM
Page 335


16. Remove the four bolts (3) that secure the knee blocker (2) to the instrument panel support (1).
17. Lift the knee blocker upwards to disengage the retaining tabs that secure the knee blocker to the support
and remove the knee blocker.

18. On LHD models, remove the front floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.
19. On RHD models, remove the cover from the floor mounted gear selector.
20. Remove the six plastic retainers (2) that secure the instrument panel console (1) to the instrument panel.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 336

21. Disconnect the wire harness connectors (3) from the back of the console and remove the console.
22. Remove the occupant restraint controller (ORC) located on the floor panel at the center of the instrument
panel support. Refer to Restraints/MODULE, Occupant Restraint Controller - Removal .
Fig. 504: Identifying Bolt At Driver Side Of HVAC Air Distribution Housing
23. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the driver side of the HVAC air distribution housing (2) to the underside
of the instrument panel support (3).
Fig. 505: Identifying Bolt At HVAC Housing & Front Of Instrument Panel Support
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 337

24. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the HVAC housing (2) to the front of the instrument panel support (3),
near the lower center of the instrument panel.

NOTE:
25. Pull the carpet back to gain access to the instrument panel center support brackets (3).
26. Remove the four bolts (2) that secure each instrument panel center support bracket to the instrument panel
support (1) and the floor panel (4).
27. Disengage the retaining tab that secures the top of each instrument panel center support bracket to the
instrument panel support and remove the brackets.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 338

Fig. 507: Identifying Instrument Panel End Bolts

28. Remove the right and left side cowl trim panels. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Cowl Trim - Removal.
29. Disconnect the instrument panel wire harness connectors located below each end of the instrument panel
and disengage the wire harness retainer from the cowl panel.
30. Remove the three bolts (1) that secure each end of the instrument panel (4) to the cowl side panels (2).
31. Lift the instrument panel upward to disengage the retaining tab (3) that secures each end of the instrument
panel to the cowl side panels.
NOTE:
On LHD models, route the gear shift cable thought the dash panel while
removing the instrument panel.
32. Remove the instrument panel from the vehicle.

Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 339

Fig. 508: Identifying Instrument Panel End Bolts

NOTE:
On LHD models, route the gear shift cable thought the dash panel while
positioning the instrument panel into the vehicle.
1. Position the instrument panel into the vehicle and engage the retaining tab (3) that secures each end of the
instrument panel (4) to the cowl side panels (2).
2. Install the three bolts (1) that secure each end of the instrument panel to the cowl side panels. Tighten the
bolts to 14 N.m (120 in. lbs.).
3. Connect the instrument panel wire harness connectors located below each end of the instrument panel and
engage the wire harness retainer to the cowl panel.
4. Install the steering column. Refer to Steering/Column - Installation .
5. install the right and left side cowl trim panels. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Cowl Trim - Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 340


NOTE:
6. Engage the retaining tab that secures the top of each instrument panel center support bracket (3) to the
instrument panel support (1) and position each bracket to the floor panel (4).
7. Install the four bolts (2) that secure each instrument panel center support bracket to the instrument panel
support and the floor panel. Tighten the bolts to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).
8. Reposition the carpet.
Fig. 510: Identifying Bolt At Passenger Side End Of HVAC Housing

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 341


9. Loosely install the bolt (1) that secures the passenger side end of the HVAC housing to the underside of
the instrument panel support.
Fig. 511: Identifying Bolt At Passenger Side Of HVAC Air Distribution Housing
10. Loosely install the bolt (1) that secures the passenger side of the HVAC air distribution housing (4) to the
11. Connect the instrument panel wire harness to the HVAC wire harness connector (2).
Fig. 512: Identifying Bolt At Driver Side Of HVAC Air Distribution Housing
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 342


12. Loosely install the bolt (1) that secures the driver side of the HVAC air distribution housing (2) to the
Fig. 513: Identifying Bolt At HVAC Housing & Front Of Instrument Panel Support
13. Loosely install the bolt (1) that secures the HVAC housing (2) to the front of the instrument panel support
(3).
14. Tighten all of the bolts that secure the HVAC housing to the instrument panel support to 3 N.m (27 in.
lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 343


15. Install the occupant restraint controller (ORC). Refer to Restraints/MODULE, Occupant Restraint
Controller - Installation .

20. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the knee blocker (2) to the instrument panel support (1).
21. Install the four screws (3) that secure the knee blocker to the instrument panel support. Tighten the bolts
to 4 N.m (35 in. lbs.) in the following sequence:
a. Upper outboard
b. Upper inboard
c. Lower outboard
d. Lower inboard
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 344


22. Install the screws (3) that secure the knee blocker cover (2) to the driver side of the instrument panel (1).

NOTE:
23. Position the right and left side instrument panel end caps (1) to the instrument panel (2) and engage the
retaining tabs that secure the end caps to the instrument panel. Make sure the retaining tabs are fully
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 345

engaged.
Fig. 518: Identifying Instrument Panel Top Bolts

24. Install the seven bolts (2) that secure the front of the instrument panel (1) to the top of the dash panel (3).
Tighten the bolts to 9 N.m (80 in. lbs.).
Fig. 519: Identifying Defroster Duct Screws

25. Install the two screws (1) that secure the defroster duct (2) to the top of the instrument panel cover (3).
Tighten the screws to 2 N.m (17 in. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 346


26. Engage the retaining tabs (2) that secure the front of the instrument panel top cover (1) to the top of the
instrument panel (3).
27. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the rear of the instrument panel top cover to the instrument panel.
Make sure the retaining tabs are fully engaged.
28. Connect the wire harness connectors located at the A-pillars and engage the instrument panel wire harness
retainers to the A-pillars. Make sure the wire retainers are fully engaged.
29. Install the left and right side A-pillar trim panels. See Body/Interior/PANEL, A-Pillar Trim Installation.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 347


30. If equipped, position the silencer (3) to the passenger side of the instrument panel (2) and install the pushpin retainers (1).
31. On LHD models, connect the gearshift cable to the transaxle and bracket in the engine compartment.
Refer to Transmission and Transfer Case/Automatic - 62TE/CABLE, Shift - Installation .
PANEL, SILENCER
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:

1. Remove the push-pin retainers (1) that secure the silencer (3) to the passenger side of the instrument panel
(2) and remove the silencer.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 348


1. Position the silencer (3) to the passenger side of the instrument panel (2) and install the push-pin retainers
(1).
INTERIOR
BASE, TABLE
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 349

Fig. 524: Identifying Table Base Backing Plate & Nuts

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the table from the base.

Hoist vehicle.
From underneath vehicle, remove the six nuts (3) to the table base.
Lower the table base backing plate (2) from the vehicle.
Fig. 525: Removing/Installing Table Base & Bolts

5. Lower vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 350

6. Pull table base (2) up out of floor.

7. Remove the six bolts (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 526: Removing/Installing Table Base & Bolts

1. Install the six bolts (1) into the base.
2. Position the table base (2) onto floor and bolts (1) through.
3. Hoist vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 351

Fig. 527: Identifying Table Base Backing Plate & Nuts

4. Position the table base backing plate (2) onto the bolts (1) of the table base.
5. Install the six nuts (3) to the table base.
6. Lower vehicle.
CARPET
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 352

Fig. 528: Removing/Installing Winch Plug

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove floor mats.

Remove front seats. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Removal.
Remove instrument panel storage bin. See Body/Instrument Panel/BIN, Instrument Panel - Removal.
Remove the floor console base tray and disconnect wire connector from the base tray. See
Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.
5. Remove heel blocker (plastic block below accelerator pedal).
6. Remove winch plug (spare tire winch) (1).
Fig. 529: Removing/Installing Stow N Go Door Assembly

7. Remove the sill plates and front cowl panels. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal and
Body/Interior/PANEL, Cowl Trim - Removal.
8. Stow N Go second and third row seats.
9. Remove the second row Stow N Go door assembly. See Body/Interior/LOAD FLOOR - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 353

Fig. 530: Removing/Installing Carpet

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Remove sliding door sill plates. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal.

Remove lower B-pillar trim covers. See Body/Interior/PANEL, B-Pillar Trim - Removal.
Remove push pin fasteners attaching carpet to floor in front seat area.
Roll carpet from under instrument panel to center of sliding door.
Remove the quarter trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Quarter Trim - Removal.
Remove rear carpet nuts attaching rear of carpet.
Remove the third row seats. See Seats, Second and Third Row, Bench (Bench Seats), SEAT (Power
Folding Seats), or SEAT, Stow-n-Go (Stow-N-Go Seats).
17. Roll and fold carpet forward away from rear door opening.
18. Remove carpet through sliding door opening.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 354

Fig. 531: Removing/Installing Carpet

1. Place carpet inside vehicle through sliding door opening.
2. Roll carpet rearward toward rear door opening.
3. Install the third row seats. See Remove the third row seats. See Seats, Second and Third Row, Bench
(Bench Seats), Installation (Power Folding Seats), or Installation (Stow-N-Go Seats).
4. Install the rear carpet nuts attaching rear of carpet.
5. Install the quarter trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Quarter Trim - Installation.
6. Roll carpet forward under instrument panel.
7. Install push pin fasteners attaching carpet to floor in front seat area.
8. Install the lower B-pillar trim covers. See Body/Interior/PANEL, B-Pillar Trim - Installation.
9. Install the sliding door sill plates. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 355


10. Install the second row Stow N Go door assembly. See Body/Interior/LOAD FLOOR - Installation.
11. Install the sill plates and front cowl panels. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation and
Body/Interior/PANEL, Cowl Trim - Installation.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 356

12. Install the winch plug (spare tire winch) (1).

13. Install the heel blocker (plastic block below accelerator pedal).
14. Install the floor console base tray and disconnect wire connector from the base tray. See
Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Installation.
15. Install the instrument panel storage bin. See Body/Instrument Panel/BIN, Instrument Panel Installation.
16. Install the front seats. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Installation.
17. Install the floor mats.
CARPET, THIRD ROW
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 534: Removing/Installing Third Row Seat

1. Open liftgate.
2. Remove liftgate scuff plate. See PLATE, Scuff, Liftgate.
3. Remove the third row seat. See Seats, Second and Third Row, Bench (Bench Seats), SEAT (Power
Folding Seats), or SEAT, Stow-n-Go (Stow-N-Go Seats).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 357

Fig. 535: Removing/Installing Rear Tub Carpet Insert

4. Lift rear tub carpet insert out of floor well.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 536: Removing/Installing Rear Tub Carpet Insert

1. Place rear tub carpet insert into position.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 358

2. Slip carpet edges under quarter trim panel.
Fig. 537: Removing/Installing Third Row Seat

3. Install the third row seats. See Seats, Second and Third Row, Bench (Bench Seats), Installation (Power
Folding Seats), or Installation (Stow-N-Go Seats).
4. Install nuts (1) attaching third row seat lower trim cover. Follow the tightening sequence.
5. Fold third row seats in to floor well.
6. Place anchor molding (2) into position push on clips to lock.
7. Install liftgate sill plate. See INSTALLATION.
8. Close liftgate.
CONSOLE, FLOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
BASE FLOOR CONSOLE
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 359

Fig. 538: Removing/Installing Floor Console

1. Remove the front plug (2) and clip (3).
2. Slide the console (1) forward while lifting slightly (4) to clear the rear load floor hook.
3. Remove the console (1).
PREMIUM FLOOR CONSOLE
Fig. 539: Removing/Installing Premium Floor Console

1. Pull up on the bottom release handle (3) in the front (2) of the console (1).
2. Lift the rear of the console (4) up several inches.
3. Pull rearward to disengage from floor and remove console (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 360

BASE FLOOR CONSOLE
Fig. 540: Removing/Installing Floor Console

1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the console (1) at a slight angle [front (4) slightly higher than the rear].
Slide the console (1) rearward into the underneath the Stow N Go second row seat door assembly frame.
Align the console until the anchor plug hole is centered on the winch hole.
Reinstall the clip (3) first and then while pushing downward on the console with slight pressure, reinstall
the cover plug (2).
PREMIUM FLOOR CONSOLE
Fig. 541: Removing/Installing Premium Floor Console

1. Position the console (1) at a slight angle [rear (4) slightly higher than the front].
2. Slide the console forward into the floor bracket (3).
3. Rotate the rear of the console down (4) until it is resting on the floor bracket (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 361

4. Push down on the rear of the console (4) until it is seated in the rear floor bracket.
CONSOLE, FLOOR, BASE
Removal
REMOVAL
FLOOR CONSOLE BRACKET
Fig. 542: Identifying Floor Console Bracket, Screws, & Electrical Connector
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.

Remove the floor console tray on premium consoles (if equipped). Refer to FLOOR CONSOLE TRAY.
Remove the four screws (2) to the floor console bracket (3).
Lift the base bracket out of the carpet opening.
Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the bracket (if equipped with premium console).
FLOOR CONSOLE TRAY
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 362

Fig. 543: Removing/Installing Floor Console Tray

1. Remove the floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.
2. Remove the four screws (2) holding the console tray (1) to the console bracket (3).
Installation
INSTALLATION
FLOOR CONSOLE BRACKET
Fig. 544: Identifying Floor Console Bracket, Screws, & Electrical Connector
1. Connect the electrical connector (1) to the bracket (if equipped with premium console).
2. Place the base bracket into position in the carpet opening.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 363

3. Install the four screws (2) to the floor console bracket (3).
4. Install the floor console tray on premium consoles (if equipped). Refer to FLOOR CONSOLE TRAY.
5. Install the floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Installation.
FLOOR CONSOLE TRAY
Fig. 545: Removing/Installing Floor Console Tray

1. Install the four screws (2) holding the console tray ()1 to the console bracket (3).
2. Remove the floor console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Floor - Removal.
CONSOLE, OVERHEAD, REAR
Removal
SHORT OVERHEAD CONSOLE - NON SUNROOF EQUIPPED
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 364

Fig. 546: Identifying Overhead Console Bezel & Electrical Connectors

2. Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry out on the overhead console bezel (1).
3. Disconnect the electrical connectors (3) to the reading lamps and rear air (if equipped).
Fig. 547: Removing/Installing Overhead Console (Non-Sunroof)

4. Remove the two screws (2) holding the rear of the overhead console (3).
5. Grasp the overhead console (3) firmly and pull down on the front of the unit to unsnap the front of the
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 365

console.
6. If equipped with DVD screen, disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
LONG OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Fig. 548: Removing/Installing Front/Rear Bezels & Electrical Connectors

1.
2.
3.
4.

Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry off both the front (3) and rear (5) overhead console bezels.
Disconnect the electrical connector (2) to the front bezel (3) and remove.
Disconnect the electrical connector (4) to the rear bezel (5) and remove.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 366

Fig. 549: Removing/Installing Long Overhead Console

5. Remove the four screws (2) to the overhead console (two in the front and two in the back).
6. Grasp the overhead console (3) and give a firm tug downwards to disengage the console from the roof
retainers.
8. Remove overhead console from vehicle.
SUNROOF ONLY - SECOND ROW OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Fig. 550: Removing/Installing Overhead Console Bezel & Electrical Connectors (Sunroof Only)
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 367

2.
3.
4.
5.
Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry down on the overhead console bezel (3) and pull down.
Disconnect the electrical connectors to the lamps (1).
Disconnect the electrical connector (2) to the rear HVAC control head.
Remove bezel (3).
Fig. 551: Removing/Installing 2nd Row Console (Sunroof Only)

6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the four screws (2) from the overhead console (3) (two in the front and two in the back).
Firmly grasp the overhead console (3) and pull downward to disengage the retaining clips to the roof.
If equipped with DVD screen, disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
Remove the overhead console from the vehicle.
SUNROOF ONLY - THIRD ROW OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Fig. 552: Removing/Installing 3rd Row Overhead Console Bezel & Electrical Connectors (Sunroof Only)
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 368

1.
2.
3.
4.

Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry down on the overhead console bezel (2) and pull down.
Disconnect the electrical connectors to the lamps (1).
Remove bezel (2).
Fig. 553: Removing/Installing 3rd Row Overhead Console (Sunroof Only)

5. Remove the two screws (2) holding the rear of the overhead console (3).
6. Grasp the overhead console (3) firmly and pull down on the front of the unit to unsnap the front of the
console.
Installation
SHORT OVERHEAD CONSOLE - NON SUNROOF EQUIPPED
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 369

Fig. 554: Removing/Installing Overhead Console (Non-Sunroof)

1. If equipped with DVD screen, connect the electrical connectors (1).
2. Position the overhead console (3) into place over the retaining slots and firmly the front of the console
into place.
3. Install the two screws (2) holding the rear of the overhead console (3).
Fig. 555: Identifying Overhead Console Bezel & Electrical Connectors

4. Connect the electrical connectors (3) to the reading lamps and rear air (if equipped).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 370

5. Position the overhead console bezel (1) over retaining slots and firmly snap into place.
LONG OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Fig. 556: Removing/Installing Long Overhead Console

1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the overhead console (3) in vehicle over retaining slots.

If equipped with DVD screen, connect the electrical connectors (1).
Firmly snap the overhead console (3) into place to engage the console to the roof retainers.
Install the four screws (2) to the overhead console (two in the front and two in the back).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 371

Fig. 557: Removing/Installing Front/Rear Bezels & Electrical Connectors

5. Connect the electrical connector (4) to the rear bezel (5) and firmly snap into place.
6. Connect the electrical connector (2) to the front bezel (3) and firmly snap into place.
SUNROOF ONLY - SECOND ROW OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Fig. 558: Removing/Installing 2nd Row Console (Sunroof Only)

1. Position the overhead console over the retaining slots in vehicle.
3. Firmly push on the overhead console (3) to seat the retaining clips to the roof.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 372

4. Install the four screws (2) to the overhead console (3) (two in the front and two in the back).
Fig. 559: Removing/Installing Overhead Console Bezel & Electrical Connectors (Sunroof Only)
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Position bezel (3) in vehicle over the retaining slots in the roof.
Connect the electrical connector (2) to the rear HVAC control head.
Connect the electrical connectors to the lamps (1).
Firmly snap the overhead console bezel (3) into place until it is seated.
SUNROOF ONLY - THIRD ROW OVERHEAD CONSOLE
Fig. 560: Removing/Installing 3rd Row Overhead Console (Sunroof Only)

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 373

2. Position the overhead console (3) into place over the retaining slots and firmly the front of the console
into place.
3. Install the two screws (2) holding the rear of the overhead console (3).
Fig. 561: Removing/Installing 3rd Row Overhead Console Bezel & Electrical Connectors (Sunroof
Only)
4. Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the lamps.
5. Position the overhead console bezel (2) over retaining slots and firmly snap into place.
HANDLE, GRAB, B-PILLAR
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 374

Fig. 562: Removing/Installing B-Pillar Grab Handle

1. Open the sliding door.
2. Using a small flat bladed screwdriver or equivalent, gently pry off the two screw trim covers (3) to the
assist handle (1).
3. Remove the two screws (2) to the assist handle (1) and separate from B-pillar.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 375

Fig. 563: Removing/Installing B-Pillar Grab Handle

1. Position the assist handle (1) on the B-pillar and install the two retaining screws (2).
2. Install the two screw trim covers (3) to the assist handle (1).
3. Close the sliding door.
HEADLINER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 376

Fig. 564: Removing/Installing Headliner

2. Remove both the left and right A-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, A-Pillar Trim - Removal.
3. Remove both the left and right upper B-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, B-Pillar Trim Removal.
4. Remove both the left and right upper C-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, C-Pillar Trim Removal.
5. Remove both the left and right upper D-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, D-Pillar Trim Removal.
6. Remove the front overhead console. Refer to Electrical - Message Systems/Overhead Console Removal .
7. Remove the rear overhead console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Overhead - Removal.
8. Remove both left and right sun visors. See Body/Interior/VISOR - Removal.
9. Remove both left and right sun visor supports. See Body/Interior/SUPPORT, Visor - Removal.
10. Disconnect the headliner wiring connector (3) at the A-pillar.
11. Remove the coat hook fasteners and remove the coat hooks.
12. Remove the push pins (4) holding the headliner (2) in place.
13. Remove the headliner out the rear liftgate opening.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 377

Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 565: Removing/Installing Headliner

1. Install the headliner through the rear liftgate opening.
2. Install the push pins (4) holding the headliner (2) in place.
3. Connect the headliner wiring connector (3) at the A-pillar.
CAUTION: Ensure the coat hook locator tab is properly seated in the coat hook
mounting bracket. Failure to seat the coat hooks properly will cause
the locator tab to break and the coat hooks will not latch in the
stowed position.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Install the coat hooks and coat hook fasteners.

Install both left and right sun visor supports. See Body/Interior/SUPPORT, Visor - Installation.
Install both left and right sun visors. See Body/Interior/VISOR - Installation.
Install the rear overhead console. See Body/Interior/CONSOLE, Overhead - Installation.
Install the front overhead console. Refer to Electrical - Message Systems/Overhead Console -
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 378

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Installation .
Install both the left and right upper D-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, D-Pillar Trim Installation.
Install both the left and right upper C-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, C-Pillar Trim Installation.
Install both the left and right upper B-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, B-Pillar Trim Installation.
Install both the left and right A-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, A-Pillar Trim - Installation.
LOAD FLOOR, COVER

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 566: Identifying Load Floor Components

1. Cover, Load Floor Frame
2. Panel, Flipper Door
3. Panel, Second Load Floor
4. Hinge, Cover to Frame
5. Panel, First Load Floor

6. Panel, Third Load Floor
7. Frame, Load Floor
-
DOOR ASSEMBLY
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 379

Fig. 567: Removing/Installing Load Floor Door Nut Fasteners

1. Open the load floor door assembly.
2. Remove the four nut fasteners (2) from the hinges (1).
3. Remove the door assembly from the vehicle.
HINGE-DOOR ASSEMBLY
Fig. 568: Removing/Installing Door Hinge Mounting Fasteners

1. Remove the door assembly and place on a bench.
2. Remove the mounting fasteners (1).
3. Remove the hinge (2) from the first door panel.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 380

PANEL-FIRST LOAD FLOOR
Fig. 569: Removing/Installing First Load Floor Panel

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the door assembly and place on a bench.

Remove the hinges (7) from the first load floor panel (1).
Remove the fasteners from the first panel to second panel hinge (2).
Remove the panel to panel lock rod (6) as necessary.
Remove the first load floor panel.
PANEL - SECOND PANEL
Fig. 570: Removing/Installing Second Load Floor Panel

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 381

1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the fasteners from the first panel (1) to second panel hinge (2).
Remove the fasteners from the second panel to third panel hinge (3).
Remove the second load floor panel.
PANEL - THIRD PANEL
Fig. 571: Removing/Installing Third Load Floor Panel

1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the fasteners from the second panel (1) to third panel hinge (6).
Remove the fasteners from the third panel (2) to flipper door panel (4) hinge (3).
Remove the fasteners from the door assembly release (5) and remove the release latch from the third
panel.
5. Remove the third load floor panel.
HINGE - PANEL TO PANEL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 382

Fig. 572: Removing/Installing Load Floor Panel Hinge

2. If replacing the first to second panel hinge (2), remove the hinge fasteners from the first (1) and second
load floor panels (5) and remove the hinge.
3. If replacing the second to third panel hinge (3), remove the hinge fasteners from the second and third load
floor panels (4) and remove the hinge.
4. Remove the panel to panel locking rod (6) as necessary.
Fig. 573: Removing/Installing Flipper Door Panel Hinge

5. If replacing the third to flipper door panel hinge (3), remove the hinge fasteners from the third load floor
panel (2) and flipper door panel (4) and remove the hinge.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 383

6. Remove the hinge from the door assembly.

LATCH - DOOR ASSEMBLY
Fig. 574: Removing/Installing Door Latch Mounting Fasteners

2. Remove the mounting fasteners from the door latch (5).
3. Remove the door latch from the door assembly.
ROD-PANEL TO PANEL LOCKING
Fig. 575: Removing/Installing Panel To Panel Lock Rod

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:43 PM
Page 384


2. Remove the fasteners from the first panel to second panel hinge (2).
3. Remove the panel to panel lock rod (6).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 576: Identifying Load Floor Components

1. Cover, Load Floor Frame
2. Panel, Flipper Door
3. Panel, Second Load Floor
4. Hinge, Cover to Frame
5. Panel, First Load Floor

6. Panel, Third Load Floor
7. Frame, Load Floor
-
DOOR ASSEMBLY
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 385

Fig. 577: Removing/Installing Load Floor Door Nut Fasteners

1. Place the door assembly into position to the vehicle.
2. Install the four nut fasteners (2) to the hinges (1).
3. Close the load floor door assembly.
HINGE-DOOR ASSEMBLY
Fig. 578: Removing/Installing Door Hinge Mounting Fasteners

1. Install the hinge (2) to the first door panel.
2. Install the mounting fasteners (1).
3. Install the door assembly to the vehicle.
PANEL-FIRST LOAD FLOOR
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 386

Fig. 579: Removing/Installing First Load Floor Panel

NOTE:
Raised plastic edges on each door panel are used to align the hinges to each
door panel. Divots in each door panel are used to align the mounting fasteners
holes in the hinge to the door panel and as a starter for the hinge mounting
fastener.
1. Place the first load floor panel into position.

2. Install the panel to panel lock rod (6) as necessary.
3. Line up the hinge (2) into position to the first panel ensuring the hinge is aligned with the raised plastic
edges.
4. Install the fasteners securing the hinge to the first panel.
5. Install the hinges (7) to the first load floor panel (1).
PANEL - SECOND PANEL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 387

Fig. 580: Removing/Installing Second Load Floor Panel

NOTE:
fastener.
1. Place the second load floor panel into position.

2. Install the panel to panel lock (6) as necessary.
3. Line up the hinges (2 and 3) into position to the second panel ensuring the hinges are aligned with the
raised plastic edges.
4. Install the fasteners securing the hinges to the second panel.
PANEL - THIRD PANEL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 388

Fig. 581: Removing/Installing Third Load Floor Panel

NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
fastener.
Place the third load floor panel into position.

Install the release latch to the third panel and install the fasteners.
Install the fasteners to the third panel (2) to flipper door panel (4) hinge (3).
Install the fasteners to the second panel (1) to third panel hinge (6).
Install the door assembly to the vehicle.
HINGE - PANEL TO PANEL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 389

Fig. 582: Removing/Installing Flipper Door Panel Hinge

NOTE:
fastener.
1. If installing the third panel to the flipper door panel hinge (3), place the hinge into position ensuring that
the hinge is aligned and install the hinge fasteners to the third load floor panel (2) and flipper door panel
(4).
Fig. 583: Removing/Installing Panel To Panel Locking Rod

2. Install the panel to panel locking rod (6) as necessary.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 390

3. If installing the second to third panel hinge (3), place the hinge into position ensuring that the hinge is
aligned and install the hinge fasteners to the second and third load floor panels (4).
4. If installing the first to second panel hinge (2), place the hinge into position ensuring that the hinge is
aligned and install the hinge fasteners to the first (1) and second load floor panels (5).
LATCH - DOOR ASSEMBLY
Fig. 584: Removing/Installing Door Assembly Latch

1. Install the door latch to the door assembly.
2. Install the mounting fasteners to the door latch (5).
ROD-PANEL TO PANEL LOCKING
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 391

Fig. 585: Removing/Installing Panel To Panel Lock Rod & Panel Fasteners
1. Install the panel to panel lock rod (6).
2. Install the fasteners to the first panel to second panel hinge (2).
LOAD FLOOR, FRAME
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 392


1.
2.
3.
4.
Open sliding door.

Stow second row seats.
Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry up on rear center filler panel (3).
Remove the 18 nuts (2) to cover/door assembly.
NOTE:
Make sure both doors are latched close. Assembly is very flexible and will
break if doors are not latched. Careful when removing.
5. Remove the cover/door from vehicle.

Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 393


NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Make sure both doors are latched close. Assembly is very flexible and will break
if doors are not latched. Careful when removing.
Position the cover/door in vehicle.

Install the 18 nuts (2) to cover/door assembly.
Install the rear center filler panel (3).
Close sliding door.
MIRROR, REARVIEW
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 394

Fig. 588: Identifying Mirror Harness Connector

1. If equipped, disconnect mirror harness connector.
Fig. 589: Removing/Installing Rearview Mirror

2. Loosen the mirror base set screw.
3. Slide the mirror base upward and off the bracket.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 395

Fig. 590: Removing/Installing Rearview Mirror

1. Position the mirror base at the bracket and slide it downward onto the support bracket.
2. Tighten the set screw.
Fig. 591: Identifying Mirror Harness Connector

3. If equipped, connect mirror harness connector.
PANEL, A-PILLAR TRIM
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 396

Fig. 592: Removing A-Pillar Trim Panel Using Trim Stick

1. Assist Handle - Passenger Side Only (if equipped) - Remove the screw trim covers and screws from ApIllar.
2. Using trim stick or equivalent, gently pry off the A-pillar trim from A-pillar.
3. Using a small screwdriver or equivalent, press downward disengaging tether clip (2) and slide from
housing (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 397

Fig. 593: Sliding Tether Downward Through Housing Until Clip Engages
1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the A-pillar trim near A-pillar.

Slide tether downward through housing (1) until clip engages (2).
Firmly seat A-pillar trim into retaining slots on A-pillar.
Assist Handle - Passenger Side Only (if equipped) - Install the screws and screw trim covers to the
assist handle.
PANEL, B-PILLAR TRIM, LOWER

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 594: Removing/Installing Lower B Pillar Trim Panel

1. Open door.
2. Remove the front door sill trim. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal.
3. Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry the trim panel off the B-pillar (3).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 398

Fig. 595: Removing/Installing Lower B Pillar Trim Panel

1. Position the trim panel on the B-pillar (3) and firmly snap into place.
2. Install the front door sill trim. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Installation.
3. Close door.
PANEL, B-PILLAR TRIM, UPPER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 399

Fig. 596: Identifying B-Pillar Components

1. Remove the front seat upper seat belt turning loop (2).
2. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove the lower B-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, B-Pillar
Trim - Removal.
3. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove the upper B-pillar trim.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 597: Identifying B-Pillar Components

1. Position the upper B-pillar trim (3) over retaining slots and firmly snap into place.
2. Install the lower B-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, B-Pillar Trim - Installation.
3. Install the front seat, upper seat belt turning loop (2).
PANEL, C-PILLAR TRIM, UPPER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 400

Fig. 598: Identifying C-Pillar Components

1. Remove the quarter trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Quarter Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the third row upper turning loop anchor bolt.
3. Using a small flat bladed screwdriver or equivalent, carefully pry off the SRS Airbag logo button at the
C-pillar and remove the screw.
4. Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry out on the upper C-pillar trim (1) and remove.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 401

Fig. 599: Identifying C-Pillar Components

1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the upper C-pillar trim (1) over the retaining slots and firmly snap into place.
Install the one retaining screw and carefully snap on the SRS Airbag logo button at the C-pillar.
Install the third row upper turning loop anchor bolt.
Install the quarter trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Quarter Trim - Installation.
PANEL, COWL TRIM

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 600: Removing/Installing Cowl Trim Panel

1. Open door right or left.
2. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove door sill trim. See Body/Interior/PLATE, Scuff - Removal.
3. Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry out on the cowl trim (1) and remove.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 402

Fig. 601: Removing/Installing Cowl Trim Panel

1. Position the cowl trim (1) over the retaining slots and firmly snap into place.
2. Position the door sill trim over retaining slots and firmly snap into place. See Body/Interior/PLATE,
Scuff - Installation.
3. Close door.
PANEL, D-PILLAR TRIM, UPPER
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 602: Identifying D-Pillar Components

1. Using a trim stick or equivalent, disengage the upper D-pillar trim retaining clips (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 403

2. Carefully disengage the upper D-pillar trim end tab (5) from the rear header trim plate.
3. Disconnect the power liftgate D-Pillar switch and third row power folding seat switch electrical
connectors (3) (if equipped).
4. Remove the upper D-pillar trim from the liftgate opening.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 603: Identifying D-Pillar Components

1. Position the upper D-pillar trim into the liftgate opening.
2. Connect the power liftgate D-Pillar switch and third row power folding seat switch electrical connectors
(3) (if equipped).
3. Carefully engage the upper D-pillar trim end tab (5) into the rear header trim plate.
4. Push the upper D-pillar trim onto the D-Pillar to engage the trim retaining clips (2).
PANEL, HEADER, REAR
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 404

Fig. 604: Removing/Installing Rear Header Trim Panel

1. Open liftgate.
2. Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry down on the header trim
3. Feed the third seat center seat belt webbing through the header trim and remove from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 605: Removing/Installing Rear Header Trim Panel

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 405

1. Feed the third seat center seat belt webbing through the header trim.
2. Align the retainers over the retaining slots and firm snap into place.
3. Close liftgate.
PANEL, QUARTER TRIM
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 606: Removing/Installing Left Quarter Trim Panel

1. Open liftgate.
2. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove the liftgate scuff plate. See PLATE, Scuff, Liftgate.
3. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove the upper D-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, D-Pillar
Trim - Removal.
4. Using a trim stick or equivalent, remove the quarter trim bolster.
5. Remove the third row lower seat belt webbing anchor (4).
6. Right quarter trim only - remove the second row seat belt webbing anchor bolt.
7. Remove the third row upper turning loop anchor bolt.
8. Remove the six quarter trim retaining screws.
9. Pull trim from inner quarter panel (1).
10. Left quarter trim only - Disconnect the auxiliary power outlet and power inverter (2) wire harness
11. Remove the quarter trim panel (5).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 406

Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 607: Removing/Installing Left Quarter Trim Panel

1. Position the left quarter trim panel (5) into the vehicle.
2. Left quarter trim only - Connect the auxiliary power outlet and power inverter (2) wire harness
3. Align the trim panel over the retaining slots on the inner quarter panel (1) and firmly snap into place.
4. Install the six quarter trim retaining screws.
5. Right quarter trim only - install the second row seat belt webbing anchor bolt.
6. Install the third row upper turning loop anchor bolt.
7. Install the third row lower seat belt webbing anchor (4).
8. Install the quarter trim bolster.
9. Install the upper D-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, D-Pillar Trim - Installation.
10. Install the liftgate scuff plate. See INSTALLATION.
11. Close liftgate.
PANEL, QUARTER TRIM, BOLSTER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 407

Fig. 608: Removing/Installing Quarter Trim Bolster

1. Using a trim stick or equivalent, disengage the front and rear quarter trim bolster retaining clips (1).
2. Carefully disengage the quarter trim bolster upper retaining tabs (2) by lifting the bottom edge of the
bolster.
3. Continue pulling the quarter trim bolster away from the quarter trim panel to disengage the quarter trim
bolster locating tabs (4).
4. Slide the rear seat belt (3) out of the slot in the quarter trim bolster.
5. Remove the quarter trim bolster (5).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 408

Fig. 609: Removing/Installing Quarter Trim Bolster

1. Position the quarter trim bolster (5) into the vehicle and slide the rear seat belt (3) into the slot.
2. Align the locating tabs (4) with the holes in the left quarter trim panel.
3. Carefully engage the quarter trim bolster upper retaining tabs (2) by inserting them into the left quarter
trim panel and swinging the bottom edge of the bolster towards the left quarter trim.
4. Push the quarter trim bolster into the left quarter trim panel until the retaining clips (1) are fully seated.
PLATE, SCUFF, FRONT DOOR SILL
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 409

Fig. 610: Removing/Installing Front Door Sill Scuff Plate

1. Open front door.
2. Drivers side only - remove the one retaining screw at the umbrella tray.
3. Using a trim stick or equivalent, gently pry up on the door sill trim (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 611: Removing/Installing Front Door Sill Scuff Plate

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 410

1. Position the door sill trim (1) over the retaining slots and firmly snap into place.
2. Drivers side only - install the one retaining screw at the umbrella tray.
3. Close the front door.
PLATE, SCUFF, LIFTGATE
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 612: Removing/Installing Liftgate Scuff Plate

1. Using a trim stick or equivalent, disengage the liftgate scuff plate retaining clips (1).
2. Carefully disengage the scuff plate end tabs (4) from the left and right quarter trim panels (5).
3. Remove the liftgate scuff plate (3) from the liftgate opening.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 411

Fig. 613: Removing/Installing Liftgate Scuff Plate

1. Position the liftgate scuff plate (3) into the liftgate opening.
2. Carefully engage the scuff plate end tabs (4) into the left and right quarter trim panels (5).
3. Push the liftgate scuff plate down onto the liftgate opening to engage the scuff plate retaining clips (1).
PLATE, SCUFF, SLIDING DOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 614: Pulling Up & Outboard On Trim Panel From Inboard Edge Of Scuff Plate Using Trim Stick
2. Using a trim stick or equivalent, pull up and outboard on the trim panel (2) from inboard edge of scuff
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 412

plate.
Fig. 615: Identifying Tabs Along Sheet Metal Edge

3. Rock the scuff plate outboard to unhook tabs (2) along sheet metal edge
Fig. 616: Identifying Scuff Plate & Quarter Panel

4. Pull the scuff plate (1) forward to unhook tab into quarter panel (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 413

Fig. 617: Identifying Scuff Plate & Quarter Panel

1. Place the scuff plate into position.
2. Push the scuff plate (1) rearward to hook tab into quarter panel (2).
Fig. 618: Identifying Tabs Along Sheet Metal Edge

3. Rock the scuff plate (1) inboard to hook tabs (2) along sheet metal edge
Fig. 619: Pushing Down & Inboard On Trim Panel From Inboard Edge Of Scuff Plate
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 414

4. Push down and inboard on the trim panel from inboard edge of scuff plate.
SUPPORT, VISOR
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 620: Removing/Installing Sun Visor Support

1. Disengage sun visor (1) from support (2).
2. Remove screw holding support (2) to roof panel (3).
3. Remove sun visor support (2) from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 415

Fig. 621: Removing/Installing Sun Visor Support

1. Place sun visor support (2) in position on vehicle.
2. Install screw holding support (2) to roof panel (3).
3. Engage sun visor (1) into support (2).
VISOR
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 622: Removing/Installing Sun Visor

1. Unclip the sun visor from the sun visor inner support.
2. Remove the screws attaching the sun visor (2) to the roof panel (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 416

Fig. 623: Removing/Installing Sun Visor

1. Position the sun visor (2) into position in the roof panel (1).
2. Install the screws to the sun visor (2).
DECKLID/HATCH/LIFTGATE/TAILGATE
BUMPER, SLAM
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 624: Removing/Installing Liftgate Bumper

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 417

NOTE:
1. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the liftgate bumper (2) being serviced to the D-pillar (3) and remove the
bumper.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 625: Removing/Installing Liftgate Bumper

NOTE:
1. Position the liftgate bumper (2) being serviced to the D-pillar (3). Align the tab on the bumper with the
hole in the D-pillar.
2. Install the bolt (1) that secures the liftgate bumper to the D-pillar. Tighten the bolt securely.
CYLINDER, LOCK
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 418

Fig. 626: Removing/Installing Liftgate Lock Cylinder

1. Remove the liftgate trim panel. See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL, Trim - Removal.
2. Disengage the retaining clip that secures the lock cylinder rod (3) to the liftgate lock cylinder (4) and
disconnect the rod from the cylinder.
3. Remove the two nuts (2) that secure the liftgate lock cylinder to the inside of the liftgate (1) and remove
the lock cylinder.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 419

Fig. 627: Removing/Installing Liftgate Lock Cylinder

1. Position the liftgate lock cylinder (4) into the liftgate (1) and install the two retaining nuts (2). Tighten the
nuts to 3 N.m (22 in. lbs.).
2. Install the lock cylinder rod (3) onto the lock cylinder and engage the retaining clip that secures the rod to
the cylinder.
3. Install the liftgate trim panel. See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL, Trim - Installation.
HANDLE, EXTERIOR
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 628: Removing/Installing Exterior Liftgate Handle

1. Remove the liftgate trim panel. See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL, Trim - Removal.
2. Disconnect the power locking latch cable (1) from the exterior liftgate handle (2) and remove the cable
from the handle.
3. Disconnect the wire harness connector (3) from the exterior liftgate handle.
4. Remove the two nuts (4) that secure the exterior liftgate handle to the liftgate and remove the handle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 420

Fig. 629: Removing/Installing Exterior Liftgate Handle

1. Route the electrical connector of the exterior liftgate handle (2) through the liftgate and position the
handle to the outside of the liftgate.
2. Install the two nuts (4) that secure the exterior liftgate handle to the inside of the liftgate. Tighten the nuts
to 3 N.m (22 in. lbs.).
3. Connect the wire harness connector (3) to the exterior liftgate handle.
4. Install the power locking latch cable (1) onto the exterior liftgate handle and connect the cable to the
handle.
5. Install the liftgate trim panel. See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL, Trim - Installation.
HINGE
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
To protect the vehicle finish, apply several layers of masking tape on the top
edges of the liftgate and around the liftgate opening prior to loosening the
hinges.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 421

Fig. 630: Removing/Installing Liftgate Hinge

1. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the installed position of each liftgate hinge (2) in relationship to
the liftgate (3) and to the rear header panel (6).
2. Remove the rear header trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Header - Removal.
3. Apply several layers of duct tape on the outside of roof across the gap onto the liftgate to hold the liftgate
in position.
4. Support the liftgate with a suitable lifting device in the full open position.
5. Remove the two bolts (1) that secure each liftgate hinge to the liftgate as necessary.
6. Remove the two nuts (4 and 5) from underneath the rear header panel that secure each liftgate hinge to the
header panel and carefully remove the hinges as necessary.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 422

Fig. 631: Removing/Installing Liftgate Hinge

1. If necessary, paint the replacement hinge(s).
2. Position the hinge (2) to the marks on the rear header panel (6) and install the retaining nuts (4 and 5).
Tighten the nuts to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).
3. Align the hinge(s) to the marks on the liftgate (3) and install the retaining bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to
33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).
4. Remove the lifting device and tape from the roof and liftgate.
5. Install the rear header trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Header - Installation.
6. Verify liftgate alignment.
LATCH
Removal
REMOVAL
Mechanical Release
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 423

Fig. 632: Removing Trim Panel Access Panel Using Trim Stick
NOTE:
In the event of mechanical or electrical failure of the liftgate latch system, the
liftgate can be opened by manually releasing the latch.

2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent (2), remove the trim panel access panel (1).
Fig. 633: Lifting Lever Up To Open Liftgate

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 424

NOTE:
Power cinching latch shown, others similar.
3. Reach in through the access opening and lift the lever (1) up and open the liftgate.
Removal
Fig. 634: Removing Trim Panel Access Panel Using Trim Stick
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent (2), remove the trim panel access panel (1).
Fig. 635: Removing/Installing Liftgate Latch

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 425

NOTE:
3. Remove the three screws (3) that secure the liftgate latch to the liftgate (1) and remove the latch.
Fig. 636: Identifying Latch Cable & Electrical Connector

NOTE:
4. Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (1).

5. Disconnect the latch cable (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 426

Fig. 637: Identifying Latch Cable & Electrical Connector

NOTE:
1. Connect the latch cable (2) and the electrical connector (1).
Fig. 638: Removing/Installing Liftgate Latch

NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 427

2. Position the liftgate latch (1) to the inside of the liftgate and install the three retaining screws (3). Tighten
the screws to 11 N.m (95 in. lbs.)
Fig. 639: Identifying Access Panel

3. Install the access panel (1).
4. Verify liftgate operation.
LIFTGATE
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
To protect the vehicle finish, apply several layers of masking tape on the top
edges of the liftgate and around the liftgate opening prior to loosening the
hinges.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 428

Fig. 640: Removing/Installing Liftgate

2. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the installed position of each liftgate hinge (4) in relationship to
the liftgate (3).
3. If equipped, disconnect the power liftgate motor link rod from the liftgate pivot. Refer to Electrical Power Systems/Power Liftgate/ROD, Link - Removal .
4. Remove the upper liftgate trim panel. See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/PANEL, Trim Removal.
5. Remove the rear header trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Header - Removal.
6. Disconnect the liftgate wire harness connectors (2) from the body wire harness.
7. Disengage the wire harness grommet (9) from the liftgate and carefully pull the body wire harness out of
the liftgate.
8. Disconnect the rear wiper washer hose (8) at the connector (7).
9. Disengage the grommet for the rear wiper washer hose from the rear header panel (6) and route the hose
out of the header panel.
11. Disconnect the liftgate support cylinders (5) from the liftgate pivots.
12. With assistance, remove the two bolts (1) that secure each liftgate hinge to the liftgate and carefully
remove the liftgate.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 429

Fig. 641: Removing/Installing Liftgate

1. With assistance, carefully position the liftgate (3) to the vehicle and loosely install the two bolts (1) that
secure each hinge (4) to the liftgate.
2. Align the hinges to the marks on the liftgate and tighten the retaining bolts to 33 N.m (24 ft. lbs.).
4. Connect the liftgate support cylinders (5) to the liftgate pivots.
5. Remove the lifting device and tape from the liftgate and liftgate opening.
6. If equipped, connect the power liftgate motor link rod to the liftgate pivot. Refer to Electrical - Power
Systems/Power Liftgate/ROD, Link - Installation .
7. Route the body wire harness through the hole in the liftgate and engage the grommet (9).
8. Connect the liftgate wire harness connectors (2) to the body wire harness.
9. Route the rear wiper washer hose (8) through the hole in the rear header panel (6) and engage the
grommet.
10. Connect the rear wiper washer hose to the connector (7).
11. Install the rear header trim panel. See Body/Interior/PANEL, Header - Installation.
12. Install battery negative cable.
13. Verify liftgate alignment. The liftgate should have the specified gap to the adjacent panels and fit flush
across the gaps. Refer to LIFTGATE GAP SPECIFICATIONS.
LIFTGATE GAP SPECIFICATIONS
Liftgate to Rear
8.0 mm 2.5mm
Fascia
Liftgate to Roof
8.0 mm 2.0mm
Liftgate to D-pillar 2.0 mm 0.5mm
PANEL, TRIM
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 430

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 642: Removing/Installing Upper Liftgate Trim Panel

1. If equipped, disconnect the power liftgate motor link rod from the liftgate pivot. Refer to Electrical Power Systems/Power Liftgate/ROD, Link - Removal .
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining clips that secure the upper liftgate trim
panel (3) to the liftgate (1) and remove the upper trim panel to gain access to the lower trim panel (2).
Fig. 643: Removing/Installing Lower Liftgate Trim Panel

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:44 PM
Page 431


3. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining clips that secure the lower liftgate trim
panel (1) to the liftgate (2).
4. Disconnect the wire connector from the liftgate lamp and remove the lower trim panel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 644: Removing/Installing Lower Liftgate Trim Panel

1. Position the lower liftgate trim panel (1) to the liftgate (2) and connect the wire connector to the liftgate
lamp.
2. Install the lower liftgate trim panel onto the liftgate and engage the retaining clips. Make sure the
retaining clips are fully engaged.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 432

Fig. 645: Removing/Installing Upper Liftgate Trim Panel

3. Position the upper liftgate trim panel (3) to the liftgate (1) and engage the retaining clips. Make sure the
retaining clips are fully engaged.
4. If equipped, connect the power liftgate motor link rod to the liftgate pivot. Refer to Electrical - Power
Systems/Power Liftgate/ROD, Link - Installation .
PROP, GAS
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Left side liftgate support cylinder shown in illustrations. Right side similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 433

Fig. 646: Identifying Liftgate Support Cylinder & Pivot

1. Support the liftgate (3) with a suitable lifting device in the full open position.
2. Disengage the retainer that secures the liftgate support cylinder (2) being serviced to the pivot (1) located
on the liftgate and disconnect the support cylinder from the pivot.
3. If required, remove the pivot from the liftgate.
Fig. 647: Removing/Installing Liftgate Support Cylinder

4. Disengage the retainer that secures the liftgate support cylinder (2) being serviced to the to the pivot (3)
located on the D-pillar (1) and disconnect the support cylinder from the pivot.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 434

5. If required, remove the pivot from the D-pillar.

Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Left side liftgate support cylinder shown in illustrations. Right side similar.
Fig. 648: Identifying Liftgate Support Cylinder & Pivot

NOTE:
Be sure to install the liftgate support cylinders in the correct position. The
cylinder end is attached to the liftgate and the shaft end of the prop is attached
to the D-pillar.
1. If removed, install the pivot (1) onto the liftgate (3). Tighten the pivot to 34 N.m (25 ft. lbs.).
2. Position the liftgate support cylinder (2) being serviced to the liftgate and connect the support cylinder to
the pivot.
3. Engage the retainer that secures the liftgate support cylinder to the pivot. Make sure the retainer is fully
engaged to the pivot.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 435

Fig. 649: Removing/Installing Liftgate Support Cylinder

4. If removed, install the pivot (3) onto the D-pillar (1). Tighten the pivot to 34 N.m (25 ft. lbs.).
5. Position the liftgate support cylinder (2) being serviced to the D-pillar and connect the support cylinder to
the pivot.
6. Engage the retainer that secures the liftgate support cylinder to the pivot. Make sure the retainer is fully
engaged to the pivot.
7. Remove the lifting device from the liftgate.
STRIKER, LATCH
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 436

Fig. 650: Removing/Installing Liftgate Latch Striker

1. Using a grease pencil or equivalent, mark the installed position of the liftgate striker (2) in relationship to
the door sill (1).
2. Remove the screws that secure the liftgate striker to the sill and remove the striker.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 651: Removing/Installing Liftgate Latch Striker

1. Position the liftgate striker (2) to the marks on the door sill (1) and install the retaining screws. Tighten
the screws to 28 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).
2. Verify liftgate alignment. See Body/Decklid/Hatch/Liftgate/Tailgate/LIFTGATE - Installation.
PAINT
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR COLORS
EXTERIOR COLOR
Inferno Red Crystal Pearlcoat
Deep Crimson Crystal
Sunburst Orange Pearlcoat
Light Sandstone Metallic Clearcoat
Clearwater Blue Pearlcoat
Marathon Blue Pearlcoat
CHRYSLER CODE
ARH
FHF
DV6
FKG
EBG
EBD
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 437

Modern Blue Pearlcoat

Bright Silver Metallic Clearcoat
Brilliant Black Clearcoat
Black Clearcoat
Stone White Clearcoat
EBL
WS2
AXR
DX8
SW1
INTERIOR COLORS
INTERIOR COLOR
Medium Slate Gray/Light Shale
Medium Pebble Beige/Light Shale
Cream
Dark Slate Gray/Light Shale
CHRYSLER CODE
DS
KS
T1
VS
BASECOAT/CLEARCOAT FINISH
Description
DESCRIPTION
On most vehicles a two-part paint application (basecoat/clearcoat) is used. Color paint that is applied to primer
is called basecoat. The clearcoat protects the basecoat from ultraviolet light and provides a durable high-gloss
finish.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasive chemicals or compounds on painted surfaces.
Damage to finish can result.
Do not use harsh alkaline based cleaning solvents on painted surfaces.
Damage to finish or color can result.
FINESSE SANDING, BUFFING, AND POLISHING
Description
DESCRIPTION
Minor acid etching, orange peel, or smudging in clearcoat or single-stage finishes can be reduced with light
finesse sanding, hand buffing, and polishing.If the finish has been finesse sanded in the past, it cannot be
repeated. Finesse sanding operation should be performed by a trained automotive paint technician.
CAUTION: Do not remove clearcoat finish, if equipped. Basecoat paint must retain
clearcoat for durability.
PAINT CODE
Description
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 438

DESCRIPTION
Exterior vehicle body colors are identified on the Vehicle Safety Certification Label which is located on the
drivers door shut face. The first digit of the paint code listed on the vehicle indicates the sequence of
application, i.e.: P = primary coat, Q = secondary coat. The codes listed in the Color Code Chart are used for
manufacturing purposes. See Body/Paint - Specifications.
PAINT TOUCH-UP
Description
DESCRIPTION
When a painted metal surface has been scratched or chipped, it should be touched up as soon as possible to
avoid corrosion. For best results, use Mopar Scratch Filler/Primer, Touch Up Paints and Clear Top Coat. For a
description of the paint codes, see Body/Paint - Specifications.
WARNING: Use an OSHA approved respirator and safety glasses when spraying paint
or solvents in a confined area. Personal injury can result.
TOUCH UP PROCEDURE
1. Scrape loose paint and corrosion from inside scratch or chip.

2. Clean affected area with Mopar Tar/Road Oil Remover, and allow to dry.
3. Fill the inside of the scratch or chip with a coat of filler/primer. Do not overlap primer onto good surface
finish. The applicator brush should be wet enough to puddle-fill the scratch or chip without running. Do
not stroke brush applicator on body surface. Allow the filler/primer to dry hard.
4. Cover the filler/primer with color touch up paint. Do not overlap touch up color onto the original color
coat around the scratch or chip. Butt the new color to the original color, if possible. Do not stroke
applicator brush on body surface. Allow touch up paint to dry hard.
5. On vehicles without clearcoat, the touch up color can be lightly finesse sanded (1500 grit) and polished
with rubbing compound.
6. On vehicles with clearcoat, apply clear top coat to touch up paint with the same technique as described in
4. Allow clear top coat to dry hard. If desired, 5 can be performed on clear top coat.
WARNING: Avoid prolonged skin contact with petroleum or alcohol - based
cleaning solvents. Personal injury can result.
SEATS, FIRST ROW

ARMREST, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 439

Fig. 652: Removing/Installing Front Armrest

1. Using a small flat bladed tool, pry the cap (4) from the side of the armrest (2).
2. Remove the bolt (3) and washer (5) that secure the armrest to the seat back (1) and remove the armrest.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 653: Removing/Installing Front Armrest

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 440

1. Position the armrest (2) over the stop (6) located on the seat back (1).
2. Install the washer (5) and bolt (3) that secure the armrest to the seat back. Tighten the bolt to 29N.m (21
ft. lbs.).
3. Install the cap (4) onto the armrest.
BRACKET, ARMREST, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
WARNING: Disable the airbag system before attempting any component diagnosis or
service of the front seats, when equipped with front seat side air bags.
Disconnect and isolate the negative battery (ground) cable, then wait two
minutes for the airbag system capacitor to discharge before performing
airbag system. Failure to take the proper precautions may result in
accidental airbag deployment and possible serious or fatal injury.
NOTE:
Left seat shown. Right seat similar.
Fig. 654: Removing/Installing Front Armrest Bracket

NOTE:
Illustration shown with seat back cushion and cover removed for clarity.

2. Remove the armrest. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Removal.
3. Remove the plastic seat back cover. See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Back - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 441

4. Using a 1/4 inch drive swivel socket and extension, remove the three screws (1 and 3) that secure the
armrest bracket (2) to the seat back frame (4).
5. Disengage the J-hooks that secure the inboard side of the seat back cushion cover to the rear of the seat
back frame. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Removal.
6. Position the seat back cushion cover to gain access to the armrest bracket and remove the bracket.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 655: Removing/Installing Front Armrest Bracket

NOTE:
Illustration shown with seat back cushion and cover removed for clarity.
1. Position the armrest bracket (2) to the seat back frame (4)
2. Install the three screws (1 and 3) that secure the armrest bracket to the seat back frame.
3. Reposition the inboard side of the seat back cushion cover and engage the J-hooks that secure the cover to
the frame. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Installation.
4. Install the armrest. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Installation.
5. Install the plastic seat back cover. See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Back - Installation.
COVER, SEAT BACK, FRONT
Removal
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 442

REMOVAL
service of the front seats, when equipped with front seat air bags.
airbag system. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
NOTE:
Left seat shown in illustrations. Right seat similar.
Fig. 656: Removing/Installing Front Seat Back Cover

Remove the seat from the vehicle and place it on a workbench. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Removal.
Remove the seat back from the seat. See Body/Seats/SEAT BACK - Removal.
Remove the seat back panel. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Seat Back - Removal.
Remove the armrest. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Removal.
Remove the headrest. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Removal.
Remove the headrest sleeves. See Body/Seats/SLEEVE, Headrest - Removal.
Disengage the five J-hook retainers (1) that secure the top and sides of the seat back cover (2) to the seat
back frame (5).
8. Disengage the seat back cover from the two metal tabs (4) located near the bottom of the seat back frame.
9. Remove the seat back cover and the seat back cushion (3) from the seat back frame as an assembly.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 443

Fig. 657: Removing/Installing Seat Back Cushion

10. Using a hooked tool (4), disengage the retaining strips (1) from the clips (3) that secure the seat back
cushion cover (2) to the seat back cushion (5) and remove the cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

1. Position the seat cushion cover (2) to the seat cushion (5) and engage the retaining strips (1) to the clips
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 444

(3).

2. Install the seat back cover (2) and the seat back cushion (3) onto the seat back frame (5) as an assembly.
3. Engage the seat back cover to the two metal tabs (4) located near the bottom of the seat back frame.
4. Engage the five J-hook retainers (1) that secure the top and sides of the seat back cover to the seat back
frame.
5. Install the headrest sleeves. See Body/Seats/SLEEVE, Headrest - Installation.
6. Install the headrest. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
7. Install the armrest. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Installation.
8. Install the seat back panel. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Seat Back - Installation.
9. Install the seat back onto the seat. See Body/Seats/SEAT BACK - Installation.
10. Install the seat into the vehicle. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Installation.
COVER, SEAT CUSHION, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 445

NOTE:
Driver seat shown in illustrations. Passenger seat similar.
Fig. 660: Removing/Installing Front Seat Closeout

1. Remove the seat from the vehicle and place it on a workbench. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Removal.
2. Remove the seat back. See Body/Seats/SEAT BACK - Removal.
3. Remove the push-pin retainers (1) that secure the two elastic straps (4) of the seat bottom closeout (3) to
the bottom of the seat cushion frame (2) and remove the closeout.
Fig. 661: Removing/Installing Front Seat Track Assembly

NOTE:
Heated seat shown. Non-heated seat similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 446

4. If equipped, remove the heated seat module (4) from the bottom of the seat cushion frame (3).
5. If equipped with power seat, disconnect the wire harness connectors from the power seat motors (1) and
the seat track position sensor (8) and remove the wire harness (7) from the bottom of the seat cushion
frame and the seat riser (9).
6. Remove the bolt (2) that secures the four seat track mounting brackets (3) to the bottom of the seat
cushion frame.
7. Disengage the seat track mounting brackets from the bottom of the seat cushion frame and remove the
seat track assembly (6) from the frame.
Fig. 662: Removing/Installing Front Seat Cushion & Cover

8. Disengage the J-hook retainers (1) that secure the seat cushion cover (2) to the bottom of the seat cushion
frame (3).
9. If equipped, disconnect the wire harness connector from the heated seat element and remove the wire
harness (4) from the rear of the seat cushion (5).
10. Remove the seat cushion and cover from the seat cushion frame as an assembly.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 447


11. Using a hooked tool (4), disengage the retaining strips (1) from the clips (3) that secure the seat cushion
cover (2) to the seat cushion (5) and remove the cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 448

(3).
Fig. 665: Removing/Installing Front Seat Cushion & Cover

2. Install the seat cushion (5) and seat cushion cover (2) onto the seat cushion frame (3) as an assembly.
3. If equipped, position the wire harness (4) to the rear of the seat cushion and connect the wire harness
connector to the heated seat element.
4. Engage the J-hook retainers (1) that secure the seat cushion cover to the bottom of the seat cushion frame.

NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 449

5. Position the seat track assembly (6) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame (5). Make sure the seat track
is properly located and that the plastic isolators are correctly installed.
6. Engage the four seat track mounting brackets (3) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame and install the
7. If equipped with power seat, install the wire harness (7) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame and to the
seat riser (9) and connect the wire harness connectors to the power seat motors (1) and the seat track
position sensor (8).
8. If equipped, install the heated seat module (4) onto the bottom of the seat cushion frame.

9. Position the seat bottom closeout (3) to the rear of the seat and install the push-pin retainers (1) that
secure the two elastic straps (4) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame (2).
10. Install the seat back. See Body/Seats/SEAT BACK - Installation.
FRAME, SEAT BACK, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 450

NOTE:
Fig. 668: Removing/Installing Front Seat Back Frame

2. Remove the seat back cover and cushion (1) from the seat back frame (2). See Body/Seats/PANEL,
Outer Trim Ring - Removal.
3. Remove the armrest bracket (3) from the seat back frame.
4. Remove the lumbar support and handle mechanism (4) from the seat back frame. See
Body/Seats/SUPPORT, Lumbar - Removal.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 451

Fig. 669: Removing/Installing Front Seat Back Frame

1. Install the lumbar support and handle mechanism (4) onto the seat back frame (2). See
Body/Seats/SUPPORT, Lumbar - Installation.
2. Install the armrest bracket (3). See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Installation.
3. Install the seat back cushion and cover (1). See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Installation.
FRAME, SEAT CUSHION, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Power heated seat shown. Manual and non-heated seat similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 452

Fig. 670: Removing/Installing Front Seat Cushion Frame

3. Remove the seat cushion cover (2), seat cushion (5) and the wire harness (4) (if equipped) from the seat
cushion frame (3). See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Cushion - Removal.
4. If equipped, remove the four power seat track isolators (1) from the bottom of the seat cushion frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Power heated seat shown. Manual and non-heated seat similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 453

Fig. 671: Removing/Installing Front Seat Cushion Frame

1. If required, install the four power seat track isolators (1) onto the bottom of the seat cushion frame (3).
Make sure the isolators are correctly positioned.
2. Install the seat cushion (5), seat cushion cover (2) and the wire harness (4) (if equipped). See
Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Cushion - Installation.
HANDLE, FRONT LUMBAR SUPPORT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 672: Removing/Installing Front Lumbar Support Handle

1. Remove the screw (2) that secures the lumbar support handle (1) to the splined shaft which protrudes
through the outboard side of the seat back cushion cover (3).
2. Remove the lumbar support handle from the shaft by pulling it straight outward.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 454

Fig. 673: Removing/Installing Front Lumbar Support Handle

1. Align the large spline on the lumbar support handle (1) with the large spline on the shaft which protrudes
through the seat back cushion cover (3) and install the handle onto the shaft.
2. Install the screw (2) that secures the lumbar support handle to the shaft. Tighten the screw securely
HANDLE, FRONT RECLINER
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 674: Removing/Installing Front Recliner Handle

1. Using special tool C-4829a, pry up on recliner handle (1).
2. Separate the clip (2)
3. Remove recliner handle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 455

Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 675: Removing/Installing Front Recliner Handle

1. Install the clip (2) onto the recliner handle (1), if necessary.
2. Position the recliner handle onto the spined shaft and seat fully.
HEADREST, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 456

Fig. 676: Removing/Installing Head Restraint

1. Lift the head restraint (1) to the top of its travel in the seat back.
2. Depress the lock button (3) on the outboard sleeve (2) and lift the head restraint out of the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 457


1. Position the head restraint (1) to the seat back.
2. Press the lock button (3) on the inboard sleeve (2) and push the head restraint down into the seat back.
PANEL, OUTER TRIM RING
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 458


1. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the top and sides of the
seat back cover (1) to the rear of the seat back (2).
2. Pull the top of the seat back cover away from the seat back to disengage the two retaining tabs that secure
the bottom of the cover to the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION

1. Engage the two retaining tabs that secure the bottom of the seat back cover (1) to the seat back (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 459

2. Position the top of the seat back cover to the seat back and engage the retaining tabs that secure both sides
and the top of the cover to the seat back.
PANEL, SEAT BACK
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 680: Removing/Installing Seat Back Panel

NOTE:
Shown with seat back panel removed for clarity.
1. Carefully disengage the three J-type retaining hooks (2) that secure the top of the seat back panel (1) to
the rear of the seat back.
2. Slide the seat back panel to one side of the seat back and push on the four side tabs (3) until they
disengage.
3. Lift the seat back panel upward to disengage the two lower retaining hooks (4) and remove the panel from
the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 460

Fig. 681: Removing/Installing Seat Back Panel

NOTE:
Shown with seat back panel removed for clarity.
1. Position the seat back panel (1) to the seat back and engage the lower retaining hooks (4) to the seat back.
2. Slide the seat back panel to one side of the seat back and push on the four side tabs (3) until they engage.
3. Engage the three J-type retaining hooks (2) that secure the top of the seat back panel to the seat back.
RISER, SEAT, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Power left seat shown. Manual and right seat similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 461

Fig. 682: Removing/Installing Front Seat Riser

1. Position the seat so that the heads of the bolts which secure the rear of the seat riser to the track can be
accessed.
3. Remove the inboard seat cushion side shield. See Body/Seats/SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion Removal.
4. If equipped with power seats, remove the wire harness and retaining bracket (4) from the bottom of the
seat riser (2).
5. Remove the two nuts (1) and the two bolts (3) that secure the seat riser to the seat track and remove the
riser.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Power left seat shown. Manual and right seat similar.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 462


1. Position the seat riser (2) to the seat track and install the retaining two nuts (1) and bolts (3). Tighten the
nuts and bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. If equipped with power seats, install the wire harness and retaining bracket (4) onto the seat riser.
3. Install the inboard seat cushion side shield. See Body/Seats/SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion Installation.
SEAT BACK, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
airbag system. Failure to follow these instructions may result in
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 463

Fig. 684: Removing/Installing Front Seat Back

3. Remove the seat back panel. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Seat Back - Removal.
4. Disengage the J-hooks (1) that secure the seat bottom closeout (2) to the rear of the seat back frame (3)
and position the closeout out of the way.
5. If equipped with power recliner, disconnect the wire harness connector from the power recliner motor
located the near the bottom of the seat back frame.
6. If equipped with heated seats, disconnect the seat back wire harness connector located at the rear of the
seat cushion.
Fig. 685: Identifying Seat Track, Seat Back Hinge, & Bolts
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 464


NOTE:
Outboard side of power seat shown. Inboard side and manual seat similar.
7. Remove the two bolts (2) that secure the each seat back hinge (1) to the seat track (3).
8. Remove the seat back and seat back hinges from the seat track as an assembly.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 686: Identifying Seat Track, Seat Back Hinge, & Bolts
NOTE:
Outboard side of power seat shown. Inboard side and manual seat similar.
1. Position the seat back and seat back hinges (1) to the seat track (3) as an assembly.
2. Install the two bolts (2) that secure each seat back hinge to the seat track. Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35
ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 465

Fig. 687: Removing/Installing Front Seat Back

3. If equipped with heated seats, connect the seat back wire harness connector.
4. If equipped with power recliner, connect the power recliner motor wire harness connector.
5. Reposition the seat bottom closeout (2) to the seat back frame (3) and engage the J-hooks (1) that secure
the closeout to the frame.
6. Install the seat back panel. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Seat Back - Installation.
SEAT, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 466


1. Remove the outboard seat cushion side shield. See Body/Seats/SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion Removal.
2. If servicing the riser or seat track assembly, position the seat so that the heads of the bolts which secure
the rear of the seat riser to the track can be accessed.
3. On vehicles equipped with power seats, disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable.
4. Remove the plug (1) from the spare tire winch access hole (2).
5. Lower spare tire approximately 46 cm (18 in.).
6. Raise and support the vehicle.
7. Position the spare tire cover out of the way and remove nuts that secure the front seat risers to the floor
panel.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 467

Fig. 689: Removing/Installing Front Seat

8. Lower the vehicle.
9. Partially tip the seat (1) rearward and disconnect the wire harness connectors (2), as equipped.
10. Remove seat from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 690: Removing/Installing Front Seat

1. Place the seat (1) into the vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 468

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Tip the seat rearward and connect the wire connectors (2), as equipped.
Place seat riser studs into openings in the floor.
Raise and support the vehicle.
Install the nuts that secure the seat to the floor panel. Tighten the nuts to 88 N.m (65 ft. lbs.).
Reinstall the spare tire cover.

7.
8.
9.
10.
Lower the vehicle.

Raise the spare tire.
Install the plug (1) into the spare tire winch access hole (2).
Install the outboard seat cushion side shield. See Body/Seats/SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion Installation.
11. On vehicles equipped with power seats, reconnect the negative battery cable.
SIDE SHIELDS, SEAT CUSHION, FRONT

Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 469


NOTE:
OUTBOARD SIDE
Fig. 692: Identifying Seat Belt & Plastic Insert

1. If equipped with power seats, disconnect and isolate the negative battery cable.
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the top of the plastic insert
(3) to the outboard seat cushion shield (1).
3. Disengage the retaining tabs that secure the insert to the side of the seat cushion side shield by sliding the
insert straight upward.
4. Disengage the seat belt (2) from the insert and remove the insert.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 470

Fig. 693: Removing/Installing Front Outboard Seat Cushion Side Shield

5. Remove the bolt (4) that secures the seat belt (2) to the seat and position the seat belt out of the way.
6. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the rear of the seat cushion side shield (1) to the seat.
7. Disengage the retaining tabs that secure the center of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by carefully
pulling the center of the shield straight out from the side of the seat.
8. Disengage the retaining tabs that secure the front of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by
simultaneously sliding the side shield upward and forward.
9. Remove the seat cushion side shield. If equipped with power seats, disconnect the wire harness connector
from the power seat switch (5).
INBOARD SIDE
Fig. 694: Removing/Installing Front Inboard Seat Cushion Side Shield

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 471


1. Remove the two screws (3) that secure the rear of the seat cushion side shield (2) to the seat.
2. Disengage the retaining tabs that secure the center of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by carefully
pulling the center of the shield straight out from the side of the seat.
3. Disengage the retaining tabs that secure the front of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by
simultaneously sliding the side shield upward and forward.
4. Disengage the seat belt buckle (1) from the seat cushion side shield and remove the shield.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
OUTBOARD SIDE
Fig. 695: Removing/Installing Front Outboard Seat Cushion Side Shield

1. Position the seat cushion side shield (1) to the seat. If equipped with power seats, connect the wire
harness connector to the power seat switch (5).
2. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the front of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by simultaneously
sliding the side shield rearward and down.
3. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the center of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by pushing the
center of the shield straight into the side of the seat.
4. Install the two screws (3) that secure the rear of the seat cushion side shield to the seat. Tighten the
screws securely
5. Position the seat belt (2) to the seat and install the retaining bolt (4). Tighten the bolt to 48 N.m (35 ft.
lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 472

Fig. 696: Identifying Seat Belt & Plastic Insert

6. Install the seat belt (2) through the insert (3) and position the insert to the seat.
7. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the insert to the seat cushion side shield (1) by sliding the insert
straight down. Make sure the retaining tabs are fully engaged to the side shield.
8. If equipped with power seats, reconnect the negative battery cable.
INBOARD SIDE
Fig. 697: Removing/Installing Front Inboard Seat Cushion Side Shield

1. Install the seat belt buckle (1) through the seat cushion side shield (2) and position the side shield to the
seat.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 473

2. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the front of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by simultaneously
sliding the side shield rearward and down.
3. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the center of the seat cushion side shield to the seat by pushing the
center of the shield straight into the side of the seat.
4. Install the two screws (3) that secure the rear of the seat cushion side shield to the seat. Tighten the
screws securely.
SLEEVE, HEADREST, FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
service of the front seats, when equipped with front seat side air bags.
Fig. 698: Removing/Installing Headrest Sleeves

NOTE:
Illustration shown with seat back cover and foam removed for clarity.

2. Remove the head restraint from the seat back. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Removal.
3. Remove the plastic cover from the rear of the seat back. See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Back Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 474

4. Disengage the J-hook that secures the top of the seat back cushion cover to the seat back frame (4). See
Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Removal.
5. Using pliers, reach up under the seat back cushion cover and disengage the retaining tab (2) that secures
each head restraint sleeve (1 and 3) to the seat back frame.
6. With the retaining tabs disengaged, pinch the retaining barbs (5 and 6) together and push the head
restraint sleeves upward and out of the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Head restraint sleeves are not interchangeable. The sleeve with adjustment lock
button is positioned on the inboard side of the seat.
Fig. 699: Removing/Installing Headrest Sleeves

NOTE:
1. Push the head restraint sleeves (1 and 3) downward until the retaining tabs (2) and retaining barbs (5 and
6) are fully engaged to the seat back frame (4).
2. Reposition the top of the seat back cushion cover and engage the J-hook that secures the cover to the
frame. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Installation.
3. Install the plastic seat back cover. See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Back - Installation.
4. Install the head restraint. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
SUPPORT, LUMBAR, FRONT
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:45 PM
Page 475

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Left seat back shown in illustrations. Right seat back similar.
HANDLE MECHANISM
Fig. 700: Identifying Lumbar Support Handle Mechanism Retaining Screws

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the seat back. See Body/Seats/SEAT BACK - Removal.
Remove the seat back cushion and cover. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Removal.
Remove the two screws (2) that secure the lumbar support handle mechanism and cable (1) to the
outboard side of the seat back frame (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 476

Fig. 701: Removing/Installing Lumbar Support Handle Mechanism & Cable

5. Disconnect the lumbar support cable (3) from the pivot lever (2).
6. Disconnect the lumbar support cable housing (8) from the top of the lumbar support (9) and remove the
lumbar support handle mechanism and cable.
LUMBAR SUPPORT

1. Remove the seat and place it on a workbench. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Removal.
3. Remove the seat back cushion and cover. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Removal.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 477

4.
5.
6.
7.
Disconnect the lumbar support cable (3) from the pivot lever (2).
Disconnect the lumbar support cable housing (8) from the top of the lumbar support (9).
Disconnect the spring (10) from the top of the lumbar support.
Disconnect the two rods (5 and 11) from the plastic retainers (6) located on each side of the seat back
frame (7).
8. Disengage the lumbar support from the two vertical rods (4 and 12).
9. Disengage the lumbar support from the horizontal rod (1) located near the bottom of the seat back frame
and remove the lumbar support.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Left seat back shown in illustrations. Right seat back similar.
HANDLE MECHANISM

1. Route the lumbar support cable housing (8) through the opening in the outboard side of the seat back
frame (7) and connect the cable housing to the top of the lumbar support (9).
2. Connect the lumbar support cable (3) to the pivot lever (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 478

Fig. 704: Identifying Lumbar Support Handle Mechanism Retaining Screws

3. Position the lumbar support handle mechanism and cable (1) to the outboard side of the seat back frame
(3) and install the two retaining screws (2). Tighten the screws securely.
4. Install the seat back cushion and cover. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Installation.
6. Install the seat. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Installation.
LUMBAR SUPPORT

1. Position the lumbar support (9) to the seat back frame (7) and engage the lumbar support to the horizontal
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 479

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
rod (1) located near the bottom of the seat back frame.
Engage the lumbar support to the two vertical rods (4 and 12).
Connect the two rods (5 and 11) to the plastic retainers (6) located on each side of the seat back frame.
Connect the spring (10) to the top of the lumbar support.
Connect the lumbar support cable housing (8) to the top of the lumbar support.
Connect the lumbar support cable (3) to the pivot lever (2).
Install the seat back cushion and cover. See Body/Seats/PANEL, Outer Trim Ring - Installation.
Install the seat back. See Body/Seats/SEAT BACK - Installation.
Install the seat into the vehicle. See Body/Seats/SEAT - Installation.
TRACK, MANUAL FRONT

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Outboard seat track shown in illustrations. Inboard seat track similar.
Fig. 706: Removing/Installing Manual Front Seat Track

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the seat cushion and cover. See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Cushion - Removal.
Remove the riser from the seat track (3). See Body/Seats/RISER, Seat - Removal.
If servicing the outboard seat track, remove the nut that secures the seat back to the recliner (2).
Remove the pivot bolt (1) that secures the seat back to the seat track.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 480

Fig. 707: Removing/Installing Seat Adjust Handle

6. If required, remove the seat adjust handle (2) from the seat track (3).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 708: Removing/Installing Seat Adjust Handle

1. If required, install the seat adjuster handle (2) onto the seat track (3). Tighten the bolts securely.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 481

Fig. 709: Removing/Installing Manual Front Seat Track

2. Install the pivot bolt (1) that secures the seat back to the seat track (3). Tighten the bolt to 48 N.m (35 ft.
lbs).
3. If servicing the outboard seat track, install the nut that secures the seat back to the recliner (2).
4. Install the riser to the seat track. See Body/Seats/RISER, Seat - Installation.
5. Install the seat cushion and cover. See Body/Seats/COVER, Seat Cushion - Installation.
TRACK, POWER FRONT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 482


1. Position the seat so that the heads of the bolts which secure the rear of the seat riser to the track can be
accessed.
4. Remove the push-pin retainers (1) that secure the two elastic straps (4) of the seat bottom closeout (3) to
the bottom of the seat cushion frame (2) and remove the closeout.

NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 483

5. If equipped, remove the heated seat module (4) from the bottom of the seat cushion frame (3).
6. Disconnect the wire harness connectors from the power seat motors (1) and the seat track position sensor
(8) and remove the wire harness (7) from the bottom of the seat cushion frame and the seat riser (9).
7. If required, remove the seat track position sensor from the seat track.
8. Remove the bolt (2) that secures the four seat track mounting brackets (3) to the bottom of the seat
cushion frame.
9. Disengage the seat track mounting brackets from the bottom of the seat cushion frame and remove the
seat track assembly (6) from the frame.

10. If required, remove the wire harness retaining bracket (4) from the bottom of the seat riser (2).
11. Remove the two nuts (1) and the two bolts (3) that secure the seat riser to the seat track and remove the
riser.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 484


1. Position the seat riser (2) to the seat track and install the retaining two nuts (1) and bolts (3). Tighten the
nuts and bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Install the wire harness retaining bracket (4) onto the seat riser.

NOTE:
3. If removed, install the seat track position sensor (8).

4. Position the seat track assembly (6) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame (5). Make sure the seat track
is properly located and that the plastic isolators are correctly installed.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 485

5. Engage the four seat track mounting brackets (3) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame and install the
6. Install the wire harness (7) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame and to the seat riser (9) and connect
the wire harness connectors to the power seat motors (1) and the seat track position sensor.
7. If equipped, install the heated seat module (4) onto the bottom of the seat cushion frame.

8. Position the seat bottom closeout (3) to the rear of the seat and install the push-pin retainers (1) that
secure the two elastic straps (4) to the bottom of the seat cushion frame (2).
SEATS, SECOND ROW, SWIVEL

ARMREST, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 486

Fig. 716: Removing/Installing Arm Rest Cap - 2nd Row Swivel Seats
1. Using a small flat bladed tool, pry the cap (1) from the side of the armrest (2).
Fig. 717: Removing/Installing Arm Rest - 2nd Row Swivel Seats

2. Remove the bolt (1) and washer that secure the armrest (2) to the seat back (3).
3. Remove the armrest from the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 487

Fig. 718: Removing/Installing Arm Rest - 2nd Row Swivel Seats

1. Position the armrest (2) to the seat back (3).
2. Install the washer and bolt (1) that secure the armrest to the seat back. Tighten the bolt to 29N.m (21 ft.
lbs.).
Fig. 719: Removing/Installing Arm Rest Cap - 2nd Row Swivel Seats
3. Install the cap (1) onto the armrest (2).
COVER, SEAT BACK, SWIVEL
Removal
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 488

REMOVAL
NOTE:
Right seat shown in illustrations. Left seat similar.
Fig. 720: Identifying J-Hook Retainer - Swivel Seats

1. Remove the seat from the vehicle and place it on a workbench (refer to the Owner's Manual for removal
procedures).
2. Remove the seat back from the seat. See SEAT BACK, Swivel.
3. Remove the seat back cover. See COVER, Seat Back Hinge, Swivel.
4. Remove the headrest. See REMOVAL.
5. Remove the headrest sleeves. See SLEEVE, Headrest, Swivel.
6. Remove the arm rests. See ARMREST, Swivel.
7. Disengage the J-hook retainer (1) that secures the bottom of the seat back cover (2) to the seat back.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 489

Fig. 721: Identifying J-Hook Retainers & Hook/Loop Retainers - Swivel Seats
8. Disengage the two hook and loop retainers (3) at the bottom of the seat back cover (2).
9. Disengage the three J-hook retainers (1) that secure the seat back cover to the seat back.
Fig. 722: Identifying Retaining Strip & Hook/Loop Retainers - Swivel Seats
10. Disengage the two hook and loop retainers (1 and 4) that secure the seat back cover (2) to the seat back
cushion (6).
11. Disengage the retaining strip (3) that secures the seat back cover to the seat back cushion. Slide the strip
on the cover out of the channel in the cushion.
12. Remove the seat back cover and the seat back cushion from the seat back frame (5).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 490

Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 723: Identifying Retaining Strip & Hook/Loop Retainers - Swivel Seats
1. Position the seat back cushion (6) onto the seat back frame (5). If equipped, make sure the heated seat
wire harness lead is correctly routed to the bottom of the seat.
2. Install the seat back cover (2) over the top of the seat back frame and cushion.
3. Engage the retaining strip (3) that secures the seat back cover to the seat back cushion. Slide the strip on
the cover into the channel in the cushion.
4. Engage the two hook and loop retainers (1 and 4) that secure the seat back cover to the seat back cushion.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 491

Fig. 724: Identifying J-Hook Retainers & Hook/Loop Retainers - Swivel Seats
5. Engage the three J-hook retainers (1) that secure the seat back cover (2) to the seat back.
6. Engage the two hook and loop retainers (3) at the bottom of the seat back cover.
Fig. 725: Identifying J-Hook Retainer - Swivel Seats

7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Engage the J-hook retainer (1) that secures the bottom of the seat back cover (2) to the seat back.
Install the headrest sleeves. See .
Install the seat back cover. See Installation.
Install the headrest. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
Install the arm rests. See Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 492

12. Install the seat back. See Installation.

13. Install the seat into the vehicle (refer to the Owner's Manual for installation procedures).
COVER, SEAT BACK HINGE, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Right seat shown. Left seat similar.
Fig. 726: Removing/Installing Hinge Cover - Swivel Seats

NOTE:
Inboard seat back hinge cover shown. Outboard cover similar.
1. If servicing the inboard seat back hinge cover (1), remove the recliner handle (3) by pulling it straight
rearward and off the lever (2).
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the bottom of each seat
back hinge cover to the seat cushion side shield (4).
3. Pull the seat back hinge cover upward and away from the top of the seat back hinge and remove the
cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 493

Fig. 727: Removing/Installing Hinge Cover - Swivel Seats

NOTE:
Inboard seat back hinge cover shown. Outboard cover similar.
1. Position the seat back hinge cover (1) to the top of the seat back hinge and install the cover over the
hinge.
2. Engage the retaining tabs that secure the bottom of each seat back hinge cover to the seat cushion side
shield (4).
3. If servicing the inboard seat back hinge cover, install the recliner handle (3) onto the lever (2).
COVER, SEAT CUSHION, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 494

Fig. 728: Identifying Pivot Mechanism, Seat Riser, Wire Harness Retainers, Electrical Contact, & Screws
- Swivel Seats
procedures).
2. Remove the seat side shields. See RISER, Seat.
3. Remove the seat cushion side shields. See SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion, Upper Swivel and SIDE
SHIELDS, Seat Cushion, Lower Swivel.
4. Remove the seat back. See SEAT BACK, Swivel.
5. If equipped with heated seats, remove the two screws (2) that secure the electrical contact (4) to the
outboard seat riser (3) and disengage the wire harness retainers (5) from the riser and the pivot
mechanism (1).
Fig. 729: Identifying Pivot Mechanism Nuts & Spacers - Swivel Seats
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 495


NOTE:
Outboard side of seat shown. Inboard side similar. Illustration shown with
seat back and hinges removed for clarity.
6. Remove the four nuts (4) that secure each seat track (2) to the pivot mechanism (3).
7. Remove the seat tracks and eight spacers (1) from the pivot mechanism.
Fig. 730: Identifying J-Hook Retainers & Spacers - Swivel Seats

8. Remove the eight spacers (6) from the mounting studs on the seat tracks (1 and 5).
9. Disengage the J-hook retainer (8) that secures the seat cushion cover to the rear of the seat cushion frame
(7).
10. Disengage the four J-hook retainers (2 and 4) that secure the seat cushion cover to the sides of the seat
cushion frame.
11. Disengage the J-hook retainer (3) that secures the seat cushion cover to the front of the seat cushion
frame.
12. Remove the seat cushion and cover from the seat cushion frame.
13. If equipped with heated seats, disconnect the seat cushion wire harness connector located at the rear of the
seat frame.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 496


14. Using a hooked tool (4), disengage the retaining strips (1) from the clips (3) that secure the seat cushion
cover (2) to the seat cushion (5) and remove the cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 497

(3).

2. If equipped with heated seats, connect the seat cushion wire harness connector to the heated seat wire
harness.
3. Install the seat cushion and cover onto the seat cushion frame (7).
4. Engage the J-hook retainer (3) that secures the seat cushion cover to the front of the seat cushion frame.
5. Engage the four J-hook retainers (2 and 4) that secure the seat cushion cover to the sides of the seat
cushion frame.
6. Engage the J-hook retainer (8) that secures the seat cushion cover to the rear of the seat cushion frame.
7. Install the eight spacers (6) onto the mounting studs of the seat tracks (1 and 5).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 498


NOTE:
8. Position the seat tracks (2) and eight spacers (1) onto the pivot mechanism (3).
9. Install the four nuts (4) that secure each seat track to the pivot mechanism. Tighten the nuts to 48 N.m (35
ft. lbs.).
Fig. 735: Identifying Pivot Mechanism, Seat Riser, Wire Harness Retainers, Electrical Contact, &
Screws - Swivel Seats
10. If equipped with heated seats, engage the wire harness retainers (5) and install the two screws (2) that
secure the electrical contact (4) to the outboard seat riser (3). Tighten the screws securely.
12. Install the seat cushion side shields. See Installation (Upper) and Installation (Lower).
13. Install the seat side shields. See Installation.
FRAME, SEAT BACK, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 499

Fig. 736: Identifying Seat Back Panel/Frame Retainers & Retractor Assembly - Swivel Seats
procedures).
3. Remove the seat back cushion from the seat back frame. See FRAME, Seat Back, Swivel.
4. Remove the seat belt and retractor assembly (2) from the top of the seat back frame (3). Refer to
Restraints/RETRACTOR, Seat Belt - Removal .
5. Disengage the two push-pin retainers (1) that secure the bottom of the seat back panel (4) to the seat back
frame.
6. Tilt the bottom of the seat back panel away from the seat back frame and disengage the two retaining tabs
(5) that secure the top of the panel to the frame and remove the panel.
Fig. 737: Identifying Seat Back Hinge Panel Screws - Swivel Seats
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 500


7. Remove the four screws (1 and 3) that secure the seat back hinge panel (4) to the seat back hinges (2) and
remove the panel.
Fig. 738: Identifying Seat Back Hinge Bolts & Spring Arms - Swivel Seats
8. With the seat back hinges (4) in the fold forward position, remove the four bolts (1 and 3) that secure the
hinges to the seat back frame (2).
9. Disengage the spring arms (5) and remove the seat back hinges from the seat back frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 501

1. With the seat back hinges (4) in the fold forward position, engage the spring arms (5) to the rear of the
seat back frame (2).
2. Position the seat back hinges to the seat back frame and install the four retaining bolts (1 and 3). Tighten
the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
3. Position the seat back hinge panel (4) to the seat back hinges (2) and install the four retaining screws (1
and 3). Tighten the screws securely.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 502

4. Position the seat back panel (4) the rear of the seat back frame (3) and engage the two retaining tabs (5)
that secure the top of the panel to the frame. Make sure the tabs are fully engaged to the frame.
5. Engage the two push-pin retainers (1) that secure the bottom of the seat back panel to the seat back frame.
Make sure the retainers are fully engaged to the frame.
6. Install the seat belt and retractor assembly (2). Refer to Restraints/RETRACTOR, Seat Belt Installation .
7. Install the seat back cushion and cover. See Installation.
FRAME, SEAT CUSHION, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 503

- Swivel Seats
procedures).
mechanism (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 504


NOTE:

(7).
cushion frame.
frame.
seat frame.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 505

Fig. 745: Identifying Seat Cushion Frame Bolts- Swivel Seats

14. Disengage the seat cushion support (1) from the six retaining tabs (9) located on the seat cushion frame
(2) by using a small punch or similar tool as a lever. Place the punch or tool through the six holes in the
support and into the corresponding holes in the seat cushion frame, then stretch the support off the
retaining tabs.
15. If equipped, remove the heated seat wire harness (7) from the child seat restraint bracket (6) located at the
rear of the seat cushion frame.
16. Remove the three bolts (5) that secure the child seat restraint bracket to the seat cushion frame and
remove the bracket.
17. Remove the six bolts (3, 4 ,8 and 10) that secure the seat tracks to the bottom of the seat cushion frame
and remove the tracks from the frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 506


1. Position the seat tracks to the bottom of the seat cushion frame (2) and install the six retaining bolts (3,
4 ,8 and 10). Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Position the child seat restraint bracket (6) to the seat cushion frame and install the three retaining bolts
(5). Tighten the bolts to 27 N.m (20 ft. lbs.).
3. If equipped, install the heated seat wire harness (7) onto the child seat restraint bracket.
4. Install the seat cushion support (1) onto the seat cushion frame. Engage seat cushion support to the six
retaining tabs (9) by using a small punch or similar tool as a lever. Place the punch or tool through the six
holes in the support and into the corresponding holes in the seat cushion frame, then stretch the support
over the retaining tabs.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 507

harness.
cushion frame.
NOTE:
ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 508

HANDLE, SWIVEL PIVOT RELEASE
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Illustration shown with cushion side shield and riser removed for clarity.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 509

Fig. 750: Removing/Installing Seat Pivot Release Handle - Swivel Seats

1. Remove the outboard seat side shield. See RISER, Seat.
2. Remove the screw (1) that secures the seat pivot release handle (2) to the pivot release lever (3).
3. Remove the pivot release handle from the lever by pulling straight outward on the handle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 510

1. Install the seat pivot release handle (2) to the pivot release lever (3) by pushing the handle straight inward
onto the lever.
2. Install the screw (1) that secures the seat pivot release handle to the pivot release lever. Tighten the screw
securely.
3. Install the outboard seat side shield. See Installation.
HANDLE, SWIVEL RECLINER
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 752: Removing Seat Recliner Handle - Swivel Seats

1. Remove the recliner handle (1) by pulling it straight forward and off the lever (3) that protrudes through
the outboard seat cushion side shield (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 511

Fig. 753: Installing Seat Recliner Handle - Swivel Seats

1. Align the recliner handle (1) to the lever (3) that protrudes through the outboard seat cushion side shield
(2) and slide the handle rearward onto the lever. Make sure the handle is fully engaged to the lever.
HANDLE, SWIVEL SEAT RELEASE
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 754: Identifying Seat Cushion Front Shield - Swivel Seats

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 512

procedures).
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the seat cushion front
shield (1) to the front of the seat (2) and remove the shield.
Fig. 755: Removing/Installing Seat Release Handle - Swivel Seats

NOTE:
Illustration shown with riser removed from seat for clarity.
3. Place the seat on its back and remove the two push-pin retainers (6 and 8) that secure the handle front
cover (2) to the seat release handle (9) located at the front of the seat riser assembly (5).
4. Hold the two plastic red towers (3) located at the front of the seat release handle and remove the two
screw (1 and 4) at the rear of the handle.
5. Remove the rear cover (7) from the seat release handle.
6. Carefully disengage the two plastic tabs that secure the inside of the handle front cover to the seat release
handle and remove the front cover.
7. If the seat release handle is damaged or inoperative, replace the seat riser assembly. See RISER, Seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 513

Fig. 756: Removing/Installing Seat Release Handle - Swivel Seats

NOTE:
Illustration shown with riser removed from seat for clarity.
1. Verify the two springs are properly positioned in the seat handle.
2. Carefully engage the two plastic tabs that secure the inside of the handle front cover (2) to the seat release
handle (9) and install the front cover to the handle.
3. Install the rear cover (7) onto the seat release handle.
4. Install the two plastic red towers (3) into the front of the seat release handle and install the two screws (1
and 4). Hold the towers in the proper position while tightening the screws securely.
5. Install the two push-pin retainers (6 and 8) that secure the handle front cover to the seat release handle.
6. If required, install the seat riser assembly (5). See Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 514


7. Position the seat cushion front shield (1) to the front of the seat (2) and engage the retaining tabs that
secure the shield to the seat.
HANDLE
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 515

Fig. 758: Removing Rear Recliner Handle

1. Remove the recliner handle (3) by pulling it straight rearward and off the lever (2) that protrudes through
the inboard seat back hinge cover (1).
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 759: Installing Rear Recliner Handle

1. Align the recliner handle (3) to the lever (2) that protrudes through the inboard seat back hinge cover (1)
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 516

and slide the handle forward onto the lever. Make sure the handle is fully engaged to the lever.
HINGE, SEAT BACK, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
procedures).
3. Remove the seat back cushion from the seat back frame (3). See FRAME, Seat Cushion, Swivel.
4. Disengage the two push-pin retainers (1) that secure the bottom of the seat back panel (4) to the seat back
frame.
5. Tilt the bottom of the seat back panel away from the seat back frame and disengage the two retaining tabs
(5) that secure the top of the panel to the frame and remove the panel.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:46 PM
Page 517

6. Remove the four screws (1 and 3) that secure the seat back hinge panel (4) to the seat back hinges (2) and
remove the panel.
7. With the seat back hinges (4) in the fold forward position, remove the four bolts (1 and 3) that secure the
hinges to the seat back frame (2).
8. Disengage the spring arms (5) and remove the seat back hinges from the seat back frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 518

NOTE:
1. With the seat back hinges (4) in the fold forward position, engage the spring arms (5) to the rear of the
2. Position the seat back hinges to the seat back frame and install the four retaining bolts (1 and 3). Tighten
the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
3. Position the seat back hinge panel (4) to the seat back hinges (2) and install the four retaining screws (1
and 3). Tighten the screws securely.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 519

4. Position the seat back panel (4) the rear of the seat back frame (3) and engage the two retaining tabs (5)
that secure the top of the panel to the frame. Make sure the tabs are fully engaged to the frame.
5. Engage the two push-pin retainers (1) that secure the bottom of the seat back panel to the seat back frame.
Make sure the retainers are fully engaged to the frame.
LATCH, SEAT, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 520


NOTE:
procedures).
2. Remove the outboard seat side shields. See RISER, Seat.
3. Remove the screw (1) that secures the seat pivot release handle (2) to the pivot release lever (3).
4. Remove the pivot release handle from the lever by pulling straight outward on the handle.
Fig. 767: Identifying Pivot Mechanism, Pivot Latch, & Seat Riser - Swivel Seats
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 521

5. Remove the outboard seat riser (3) from the pivot mechanism (2) to gain access to the seat pivot latch (1).
See Body/Seats/RISER, Seat - Removal.
Fig. 768: Removing/Installing Pivot Latch & Rubber Isolator - Swivel Seats
6. Remove the spring (2).
7. Remove the two screws (4 and 6) that secure the pivot latch (1) to the pivot mechanism (3).
8. Remove the pivot latch and rubber isolator (5) from the pivot mechanism.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 522

1. Position the pivot latch (1) and rubber isolator (5) onto the bottom of the pivot mechanism (3). Make sure
the rubber isolator is properly located on the pivot mechanism.
2. Install the two screws (4 and 6) that secure the pivot latch to the pivot mechanism. Tighten the screws to
29 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).
3. Install the spring (2).
Fig. 770: Identifying Pivot Mechanism, Pivot Latch, & Seat Riser - Swivel Seats
4. Install the outboard seat riser (3) onto the pivot mechanism (2). Make sure the pivot latch (1) operates
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 523

properly. See Body/Seats/RISER, Seat - Removal.

NOTE:
5. Install the seat pivot release handle (2) to the pivot release lever (3) by pushing the handle straight inward
onto the lever.
6. Install the screw (1) that secures the seat pivot release handle to the pivot release lever. Tighten the screw
securely.
7. Install the outboard seat side shield. See Installation.
PANEL, OUTER TRIM RING, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 524

Fig. 772: Identifying Seat Back Cover - Swivel Seats

1. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the two push-pin retainers that secure the top of the seat
back cover (1) to the rear of the seat back (2).
2. Pull the top of the seat back cover away from the seat back to disengage the two retaining tabs that secure
the bottom of the cover to the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 773: Identifying Seat Back Cover - Swivel Seats

1. Engage the two retaining tabs that secure the bottom of the seat back cover (1) to the seat back (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 525

2. Position the top of the seat back cover to the seat back and engage the two push-pin retainers that secure
the cover to the seat back.
PIVOT, INBOARD, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
- Swivel Seats
procedures).
mechanism (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 526

Fig. 775: Identifying Pivot Mechanism, Nuts, Bolts, & Spacers - Swivel Seats
NOTE:
5. Remove the four nuts (7 and 8) that secure each seat track (3) to the pivot mechanism (5).
7. Remove the four bolts (1 and 4) that secure each seat riser (6) to the pivot mechanism and remove the
risers.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 527


8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove the seat pivot release handle. See HANDLE, Swivel Pivot Release.
Remove the spring (2).
Remove the two screws (4 and 6) that secure the pivot latch (1) to the pivot mechanism (3).
Remove the pivot latch and rubber isolator (5) from the pivot mechanism.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
1. Position the pivot latch (1) and rubber isolator (5) onto the bottom of the pivot mechanism (3). Make sure
the rubber isolator is properly located on the pivot mechanism.
2. Install the two screws (4 and 6) that secure the pivot latch to the pivot mechanism. Tighten the screws to
29 N.m (21 ft. lbs.).
3. Install the spring (2).
4. Install the seat pivot release handle. See Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 528

Fig. 778: Identifying Pivot Mechanism, Nuts, Bolts, & Spacers - Swivel Seats
NOTE:
5. Position each seat riser (6) to the pivot mechanism (5) and install the four bolts (1 and 4). Tighten the
bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
6. Install the eight spacers (2) and the seat tracks (3) onto the pivot mechanism.
7. Install the four nuts (7 and 8) that secure each seat track to the pivot mechanism. Tighten the nuts to 48
N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 529


RISER, SEAT
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
- Swivel Seats
procedures).
outboard seat riser (3) and disengage the wire harness retainer (5) from the riser and position the contact
and wire lead out of the way.
5. If servicing the pivot mechanism (1), disengage the wire harness retainer from the pivot mechanism.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 530

Fig. 781: Identifying Seat Riser, Pivot Mechanism, & Bolts - Swivel Seats
NOTE:
6. Remove the four bolts (1 and 3) that secure each seat riser (4) to the pivot mechanism (2) and remove the
risers as necessary.
7. If required, remove the seat release handle covers from the seat release handle located at the front of the
seat. See HANDLE, Swivel Seat Release.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 531

Fig. 782: Identifying Seat Riser, Pivot Mechanism, & Bolts - Swivel Seats
NOTE:
Outboard side of seat shown. Inboard side similar. Illustration shown with seat
back and hinges removed for clarity.
1. If removed, install the seat release handle covers. See Installation.

2. Position each seat riser (4) to the pivot mechanism (2) and install the four bolts (1 and 3). Tighten the
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 532

SEAT BACK, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Fig. 784: Identifying Seat Back Hinge, Seat Belt Latch, & Bolts - Swivel Seats
procedures).
3. If equipped with heated seats, disconnect the seat back wire harness connector located at the rear of the
seat cushion.
4. Remove the two bolts (3) that secure the inboard seat back hinge (2) and the seat belt latch (1) to the seat
cushion frame (4).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 533

Fig. 785: Identifying Outboard Seat Back Hinge, Seat Belt Anchor, Seat Cushion Frame, & Bolts Swivel Seats
5. Remove the two bolts (4) that secure the outboard seat back hinge (1) and the seat belt anchor (2) to the
seat cushion frame (3).
6. Remove the seat back and seat back hinges from the seat cushion frame as an assembly.
Fig. 786: Identifying Seat Belt Anchor, Seat Cushion Frame, & Push Pin Retainer - Swivel Seats
7. Remove the push-pin retainer (1) and seat belt anchor (2) from the outboard side of the seat cushion
frame (3).
Installation
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 534

INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 787: Identifying Seat Belt Anchor, Seat Cushion Frame, & Push Pin Retainer - Swivel Seats
1. Install the seat belt anchor (2) and the push-pin retainer (1) onto the outboard side of the seat cushion
frame (3).
Fig. 788: Identifying Outboard Seat Back Hinge, Seat Belt Anchor, Seat Cushion Frame, & Bolts Swivel Seats
2. Position the seat back and seat back hinges to the seat cushion frame as an assembly.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 535

3. Install the two bolts (4) that secure the outboard seat back hinge (1) and the seat belt anchor (2) to the seat
cushion frame (3). Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 789: Identifying Seat Back Hinge, Seat Belt Latch, & Bolts - Swivel Seats
4. Install the two bolts (3) that secure the inboard seat back hinge (2) and the seat belt latch (1) to the seat
cushion frame (4). Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
5. If equipped with heated seats, connect the seat back wire harness connector.
SIDE SHIELDS, SEAT CUSHION, UPPER SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 536


1. Remove the seat back hinge covers. See COVER, Seat Back Hinge, Swivel.
2. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, disengage the retaining tabs that secure the seat cushion front
shield (1) to the front of the seat (2) and remove the shield.
Fig. 791: Removing/Installing Seat Cushion Side Shield & Recliner Handle - Swivel Seats
NOTE:
Outboard side shield shown. Inboard side shield similar.
3. Remove the recliner handle (1) by pulling it straight forward and off the lever that protrudes through the
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 537

outboard seat cushion side shield (4).

4. Remove the two screws (3 and 5) that secure the each seat cushion side shield to the seat (2) and carefully
remove the side shields.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 792: Removing/Installing Seat Cushion Side Shield & Recliner Handle - Swivel Seats
NOTE:
1. Position each seat cushion side shield (4) to the seat (2) and install the two retaining screws (3 and 5).
2. Align the recliner handle (1) to the lever that protrudes through the outboard seat cushion side shield and
slide the handle rearward onto the lever. Make sure the handle is fully engaged to the lever.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 538


3. Position the seat cushion front shield (1) to the front of the seat (2) and engage the retaining tabs that
secure the shield to the seat.
4. Install the seat back hinge covers. See Installation.
SIDE SHIELDS, SEAT CUSHION, LOWER SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 539

Fig. 794: Removing/Installing Seat Cushion Side Shield - Swivel Seats

procedures).
2. Remove the screws (2 and 6) that secure the front and back of each seat side shield (1) to the seat riser
(3).
3. If servicing the outboard seat side shield, remove the two screws (4) that secure the shield to the seat riser
directly behind the pivot release handle (5) and remove the shield.
4. If servicing the inboard seat side shield, disengage the two retaining tabs that secure the center of the
shield to the seat riser and remove the shield.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 540

Fig. 795: Removing/Installing Seat Cushion Side Shield - Swivel Seats

1. If servicing the outboard seat side shield (1), install the shield over the release handle (5) and install the
two screws (4) that secure the center of the shield to the seat riser (3). Tighten the screws securely.
2. If servicing the inboard seat side shield, position the shield to the seat riser and engage the two retaining
tabs that secure the center of the shield to the riser.
3. Install the screws (2 and 6) that secure the front and back of each seat side shield to the seat riser. Tighten
the screws securely.
SLEEVE, HEADREST, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 541

Fig. 796: Identifying Headrest Sleeve Retainer Barbs - Swivel Seats

NOTE:
1. Remove the head restraint from the seat back. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Removal.
2. Remove the plastic cover from the rear of the seat back. See COVER, Seat Back, Swivel.
3. Reach up under seat back frame (2) and pinch together the two retainer barbs (4) located on each head
restraint sleeve (1 and 3).
Fig. 797: Removing Headrest Sleeves - Swivel Seats

4. With the retainer barbs pinched together, pull the two head restraint sleeves (1 and 2) upward and out of
the seat back.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 542

Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Fig. 798: Installing Headrest Sleeves - Swivel Seats

NOTE:
Head restraint sleeves are not interchangeable. The sleeve with adjustment lock
button is positioned on the inboard side of the seat.
1. Insert the head restraint sleeves (1 and 2) into the top of the seat back.
Fig. 799: Identifying Headrest Sleeve Retainer Barbs - Swivel Seats

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 543


NOTE:
2. Push the head restraint sleeves (1 and 3) downward until the retaining barbs (4) are fully engaged to the
3. Install the plastic seat back cover. See Installation.
4. Install the head restraint. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
TRACK, SWIVEL
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
- Swivel Seats
procedures).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 544

mechanism (1).
NOTE:

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 545

(7).
cushion frame.
frame.
seat frame.

14. Disengage the seat cushion support (1) from the six retaining tabs (9) located on the seat cushion frame
(2) by using a small punch or similar tool as a lever. Place the punch or tool through the six holes in the
support and into the corresponding holes in the seat cushion frame, then stretch the support off the
retaining tabs.
15. Remove the six bolts (3, 4 ,8 and 10) that secure the seat tracks to the bottom of the seat cushion frame
and remove the tracks from the frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 546


1. Position the seat tracks to the bottom of the seat cushion frame (2) and install the six retaining bolts (3,
4 ,8 and 10). Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Install the seat cushion support (1) onto the seat cushion frame. Engage seat cushion support to the six
retaining tabs (9) by using a small punch or similar tool as a lever. Place the punch or tool through the six
holes in the support and into the corresponding holes in the seat cushion frame, then stretch the support
over the retaining tabs.

harness.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 547

cushion frame.
NOTE:
ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 548

SEATS, SECOND ROW, STOW-N-GO

ARMREST, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 549

Fig. 808: Removing/Installing Stow-N-Go Armrest

1. Using a small flat bladed tool, pry the cap (1) from the side of the armrest.
2. Remove the bolt that secures the armrest to the rotating mechanism and remove the armrest.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 809: Removing/Installing Stow-N-Go Armrest

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 550

1. Position the armrest over the armrest rotating mechanism located on the seat back frame.
2. Install the bolt that secures the armrest to the armrest rotating mechanism. Tighten the bolt to 29N.m (21
ft. lbs.).
3. Install the cap (1) onto the armrest.
ARMREST
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 810: Removing/Installing J-Strap At Seat Back

1. Remove headrest and headrest sleeves. See HEADREST, Stow-n-Go and SLEEVE, Headrest, Stow-nGo.
2. Remove both armrests. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Removal.
3. Remove the seat back panel. See SEAT BACK, Stow-n-Go.
4. Disengage the J-strap (1) from the seat back.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 551

Fig. 811: Removing/Installing Armrest Rotating Mechanisms

5. Position the seat back cover and foam to gain access to the two armrest rotating mechanisms.
6. Remove the two screws that secure each armrest rotating mechanism to the seat back frame and remove
the rotating mechanisms.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 812: Removing/Installing Armrest Rotating Mechanisms

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 552

1. Position each armrest rotating assembly onto the seat back frame and install the two retaining screws (1).
Tighten the screws to 10 N.m (88 in. lbs).
Fig. 813: Removing/Installing J-Strap At Seat Back

2.
3.
4.
5.
Reposition the seat back cover and foam and engage the J-straps (1).
Install the seat back panel. See Installation.
Install both armrests. See Installation.
Install the headrest sleeves and headrest. See Installation (Headrest) and Installation (Headrest Sleeves).
COVER, SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
On leather trimmed seats, the back cover can be removed from the back foam
pad. On cloth trimmed seats, the seat back cover does not separate from the
back foam pad
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 553

Fig. 814: Identifying J-Straps & Hook/Loop Strips

1. Remove headrest and headrest sleeves. See HEADREST, Stow-n-Go and SLEEVE, Headrest, Stow-nGo.
2. Remove both armrests. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Removal.
3. Remove the seat back panel. See SEAT BACK, Stow-n-Go.
4. Disengage the seat back J-straps (1) and hook and loop strips (2)
Fig. 815: Removing/Installing Stow-N-Go Seat Back Cover

5. Lift seat back cover and foam straight up from the seat back frame.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 554

6. If required, separate the seat back cover from the foam by disengaging the locking strips (1) from the
keepers.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 816: Identifying Seat Back Cover Keepers

1. If removed, install the seat back cover onto the foam and engage the locking strips to the keepers (1).
Fig. 817: Identifying J-Straps & Hook/Loop Strips

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 555


2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the seat back cover and foam onto the seat back frame.
Engage seat back cover J-straps (1) and hook and loop strips (2).
Install the seat back panel. See Installation.
Install both armrests. See Installation.
Install the headrest sleeves and headrest. See Installation (Headrest) and Installation (Headrest Sleeves).
COVER, SEAT CUSHION, STOW-N-GO

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 818: Identifying Seat Cushion Cover J-Straps

1. Remove the seat cushion side shields. See SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion, Stow-n-Go.
2. Disengage the J-straps (1) that secure the seat cushion cover to the cushion frame.
3. Remove the seat cushion cover and foam from the cushion frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 556

Fig. 819: Identifying Seat Cushion Cover J-Straps

1. Position the seat cushion foam and cover onto the seat cushion frame.
2. Engage the J-straps (1) that secure the seat cushion cover to the cushion frame.
3. Install the seat cushion side shields. See Installation.
FRAME, SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:47 PM
Page 557

Fig. 820: Identifying Seat Back Frame Torsion Springs & Bolts
1. Remove the seat back cover and foam. See COVER, Seat Back, Stow-n-Go.
2. Disengage the two torsion springs (2) from the seat back frame.
3. Remove the two bolts (1) on each side of the seat back frame and remove the frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 821: Identifying Seat Back Frame Retaining Bolts

1. Position the seat back frame and install the retaining bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Install the seat back cover and foam. See Installation.
HEADREST, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Typical head restraint shown.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 558


1. Lift the head restraint (1) to the top of its travel in the seat back.
2. Depress the lock button (3) on the outboard sleeve (2) and lift the head restraint out of the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
Typical head restraint shown.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 559


1. Position the head restraint (1) to the seat back.
2. Press the lock button (3) on the inboard sleeve (2) and push the head restraint down into the seat back.
RECLINER, SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 560


1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the seat cushion side shields. See SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion, Stow-n-Go.
Remove the seat back cover and foam (refer to REMOVAL).
Remove both armrest rotating mechanisms. See ARMREST, Stow-n-Go.
Remove the two bolts (1) that secure each side of the seat back frame to the reclining mechanisms and
remove the frame.
Fig. 825: Identifying Reclining Mechanism Bolts

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 561

NOTE:
Outboard relining mechanism shown. Inboard mechanism similar.
5. Remove the two bolts (1) that secure each reclining mechanism to the seat cushion frame and remove the
reclining mechanisms as required.
6. Remove the seat belt buckle if servicing the inboard reclining mechanism.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 826: Identifying Reclining Mechanism Bolts

NOTE:
Outboard relining mechanism shown. Inboard mechanism similar.
1. Position the seat belt buckle to the seat cushion frame if servicing the inboard reclining mechanism.
2. Position each reclining mechanism to the seat cushion frame and install the two bolts (1) that secure each
reclining mechanism to the frame as required. Tighten the bolts to 55.Nm (40 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 562


3. Position the seat back frame to the reclining mechanisms and install the two bolts (1) that secure each side
of the seat back frame. Tighten the bolts to 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.).
4. Install both armrest rotating mechanisms. See Installation.
5. Install the seat back foam and cover. See Installation.
RISER, SEAT, SEAT BASE STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
On leather trimmed seats, the cushion cover can be removed from the cushion
foam pad. On cloth trimmed seats, the cushion cover does not separate from
the cushion foam pad.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 563

Fig. 828: Identifying Cushion Support

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the seat from the vehicle and place it on a workbench. See Seats, Second Row, Stow-n-Go.
Remove the seat back frame. See FRAME, Seat Back, Stow-n-Go.
Remove the seat cushion cover and foam. See COVER, Seat Cushion, Stow-n-Go.
Remove the elastic cushion support (1) from the seat cushion frame.
Fig. 829: Removing/Installing Seat Cushion Frame At Riser

5. Remove the six nuts (2) that secure the seat cushion frame (1) to the seat riser (3) and remove the cushion
frame from the riser.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 564

Fig. 830: Removing/Installing Seat Tracks

6. Remove the nuts (2) that secure each seat track (1) to the riser and remove the seat tracks as required.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 831: Removing/Installing Seat Tracks

1. Install the seat tracks (1) to the riser as required and install the retaining nuts (2). Tighten the nuts to 45
Nm (33 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 565

Fig. 832: Removing/Installing Seat Cushion Frame At Riser

2. Position the seat cushion frame (1) onto the seat riser (3) and install the six retaining nuts (2). Tighten the
nuts to 30 N.m (22 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 833: Identifying Cushion Support

3.
4.
5.
6.
Install the elastic cushion support (1) onto the seat cushion frame.
Install the seat foam and cushion cover. See Installation.
Install the seat back frame. See Installation.
Install the seat. See Installation.
SLIDER, CUSHION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 566

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 834: Identifying Prop Rod Upper Bolt At Seat Cushion Frame
1. Place the second row seat being serviced in the upright position and disengaged from the rear strikers.
2. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the top of the prop rod to the seat cushion frame.
Fig. 835: Identifying Prop Rod Lower Bolt At Seat Cushion Frame
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 567

3. Remove the bolt (2) that secures the bottom of the prop rod (1) to the seat frame and remove the rod.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 836: Identifying Prop Rod Upper Bolt At Seat Cushion Frame
1. With seat the in the upright position and disengaged from the rear strikers, install the prop rod and upper
retaining bolt (1). Tighten the bolt to 34 N.m (25 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 837: Identifying Prop Rod Lower Bolt At Seat Cushion Frame
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 568


2. With seat the in the upright position and disengaged from the rear strikers, install the bolt (2) that secures
the bottom of the prop rod (1) to the seat frame. Tighten the bolt to 34 N.m (25 ft. lbs.).
3. Latch the seat onto the strikers.
SEAT, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 838: Installing Seat Articulation Clip 9313 At Seat Shaft

1. Place 2nd row seats in upright position with the seat unlocked from the rear strikers
WARNING: Be sure seat articulation clip 9313 is firmly seated. Failure to do so
could result in personal injury.
2. Install seat articulation clip 9313 (1) on seat shaft.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 569

Fig. 839: Releasing Trim Tab Using Trim Stick

3. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, release the trim tab (2) and slide the door (1) open fully.
Fig. 840: Removing/Installing Second Row Seat Nuts

4. Remove the nuts (1) that secure the second row seats (2) to the floor and remove the seats from the
vehicle as required.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 570

Fig. 841: Removing/Installing Second Row Seat Nuts

1. Position the second row seats (2) into the vehicle as required.
2. Install the three nuts (1) that secure each seat to the floor. Tighten the nuts to 54 N.m (40 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 842: Removing Seat Articulation Clip 9313 At Seat Shaft

3. Remove seat articulation clip 9313 (1) from the seat shaft.
4. Lock seat down onto the rear strikers.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 571

Fig. 843: Sliding Load Floor Door Trim Closed & Seating Retaining Tab Into Bracket Fully
5. Slide the load floor door trim (1) closed and seat the retaining tab into the bracket (2) fully.
SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 844: Prying Up Seat Back Panel Using Trim Stick

1. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent, carefully pry up seat back panel (1) to release the push-pin
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 572

fasteners that secure the panel to the seat.

2. Remove the seat back panel from the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 845: Positioning Seat Back Panel To Back Of Seat

1. Position the seat back panel (1) to the back of the seat.
2. Press on the seat back panel to fully engage the push-pin fasteners.
SHIELD, SEAT, STOW-N-GO FLIPPER
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 573

Fig. 846: Removing/Installing Lower Side Shield Screws

1. If servicing the outboard side shields, remove the recliner handle (2). Release the retaining tab on the
handle with trim stick C-4755 or equivalent and slide the handle forward.
2. Remove the seat cushion upper sides shield by pulling upward to disengage the retaining tabs from the
lower side shields.
3. If servicing the outboard lower side shield, remove the screws (3) that secure the cup holder to the seat
frame and remove the cup holder.
4. Remove the screws (1) that secure the lower side shields to the rear and to the side of the seat cushion
frame and remove the side shields by pushing forward to disengage the retaining tabs from the front of
the seat frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 574

Fig. 847: Removing/Installing Lower Side Shield Screws

1. Position the lower side shields and engage the retaining tabs to the front of the seat frame.
2. Install the screws (1) that secure the lower side shields to the rear and to the side of the seat cushion
frame. Tighten the screws securely.
3. If servicing the outboard lower side shield, install the cup holder and the two retaining screws (3).
4. Install the seat cushion upper sides shields and engage the retaining tabs to the lower side shields.
5. If servicing the outboard side shields, install the recliner handle (2) and engage the retaining tab on the
handle.
SIDE SHIELDS, SEAT CUSHION, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove the seat cushion side shields from the side of the seat being serviced. See SIDE SHIELDS, Seat
Cushion, Stow-n-Go.
2. With shield in the down position, carefully lift shield vertically to disengage the two plastic clips from the
rods located on the cushion frame and on the riser.
3. Using needle nose pliers, lift the spring leg upward to disengage it from the rear rod on the riser and
remove the shield.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 575

1. Position the shield to the side of the seat being serviced and using needle nose pliers, hook the spring leg
over the rear rod on the riser.
2. Engage the two plastic clips to the two rods located on the cushion frame and on the riser.
SLEEVE, HEADREST, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 848: Identifying Headrest & Lock Button

1. Lift head restraint (1) to top of travel in seat back.
2. Depress lock button (2) on side of sleeve.
3. Pull head restraint upward out of seat back.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 576

Fig. 849: Identifying Headrest Sleeve

4. Using trim remover C-4829A or equivalent, disengage each headrest sleeve (1) by prying the sleeve away
from the seat back.
5. Pull each headrest sleeve upward out of seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 850: Identifying Headrest Sleeves

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 577

1. Insert each head restraint sleeve (1) into the top of seat back.
2. Push each head restraint sleeve downward until the sleeves are fully engaged to the seat back.
Fig. 851: Identifying Headrest & Lock Button

3. Position head restraint (1) to the seat back.
4. Press lock button (2) on side of the sleeve.
5. Push head restraint down into the seat back.
ADJUSTER, SEAT TRACK
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 578

Fig. 852: Removing Front Shield At Seat Cushion Frame Using Trim Remover
1. Place the second row seat being serviced in the upright position.
2. Using a trim remover C-4829A or equivalent, disengage the retainers that secure the front shield to the
seat cushion frame and remove the shield.
Fig. 853: Identifying Gas Strut Bolt

3. Remove the bolt (1) that secures the top of the strut to the seat cushion frame.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 579

Fig. 854: Identifying Pin At Bottom Of Strut

4. Remove the pin (1) that secures the bottom of the strut (2) to the lower bracket and remove the strut.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 855: Identifying Pin At Bottom Of Strut

1. Position the strut (2) to the seat and install the pin (1) that secures the strut to the lower bracket
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 580

Fig. 856: Identifying Gas Strut Bolt

2. Install the bolt (1) that secures the top of the strut to the seat cushion frame. Tighten the bolt to 55 N.m
(40 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 857: Identifying Front Shield

3. Position the front shield (1) and engage the retainers that secure the shield to the seat cushion frame.
SEATS, SECOND AND THIRD ROW, BENCH

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 581

BIN, UNDER SEAT STORAGE

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 858: Identifying Storage Bin, Retaining Tabs, & Seat Riser
1. Open the storage bin (2) located under the front of the seat (1).
2. Depress the retaining tabs (4) at the rear, top edge of the storage bin.
3. Pull the storage bin from the bucket seat riser (3).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 859: Identifying Storage Bin, Retaining Tabs, & Seat Riser
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 582

1. Install the under seat storage bin (2) into the guides located on each side of seat riser (3).
2. Slide the storage bin under the seat (1) until the retaining tabs (4) are fully engaged.
COVER, SEAT BACK, BENCH
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove the seat back. See SEAT BACK, Bench.

2. Remove the bench seat back panel. See PANEL, Seat Back, Bench.
3. Disengage the J-straps that secure the seat back cover to the seat back frame and remove the cover and
foam.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the seat back cover and foam onto the seat back frame.
Engage the J-straps that secure the cover to the seat back frame.
Install the bench seat back panel. See Installation.
Install the seat back. See Installation.
COVER, SEAT BACK HINGE, REAR

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 860: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Back Hinge Covers

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 583

procedures).
2. Remove the screws (1) that secure the upper hinge cover (4) to the seat back hinge and remove the cover.
3. Remove the screws (3) that secure the lower hinge cover (2) to the seat back hinge and remove the cover.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 861: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Back Hinge Covers

1. Position the lower hinge cover (2) to the seat back hinge and install the retaining screws (3). Tighten the
screws to 2.3 N.m (20 in. lbs.).
2. Position the upper hinge cover (4) to the seat back hinge and install the retaining screws (1). Tighten the
screws to 2.3 N.m (20 in. lbs.).
COVER, SEAT CUSHION, QUAD
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove the quad bucket seat side shields and cup holder. See SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion, Quad
Bucket with Cupholder.
2. Remove seat track rear cover (if equipped).
3. If equipped, open storage bin to access front pan bolts.
4. Remove bolts attaching seat cushion pan to seat riser.
5. Disconnect wire connectors, if equipment.
6. Remove seat cushion from seat.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 584

7. Disengage J-strap retainers holding seat cover to cushion.

8. Remove seat cushion pan from cover and pad.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Place seat cushion cover in position on seat cushion.

Engage J-strap retainers to hold seat cover to cushion.
Place seat cushion in position on seat.
Connect wire connectors, if equipment.
Install bolts attaching seat cushion to seat riser. Tighten bolts to 40 N.m (29.5 ft. lbs.) torque.
If equipped, close storage bin.
Install seat track rear cover (if equipped).
Install the quad seat side shield and cup holder if equipped. See Installation.
Install seat cushion side covers. See Installation.
CUPHOLDER
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove molded rubber liner by lifting it up out of cup holder.
Fig. 862: Removing/Installing Cup Holder Rubber Liner

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 585

1 - MOLDED RUBBER LINER

Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Drop molded rubber liner into cup holder. Seat upper liner rubber tabs into square holes in cup holder
upper shelf
2. Hold flap and spring assembly in the horizontal position and snap into cup holder flap retaining tabs.
3. Verify cup holder flap operation several times to ensure proper operation. Flap should fold downward
with little effort and spring back to a horizontal position when released.
GUIDE, UNDER SEAT STORAGE BIN
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 863: Removing/Installing Under Seat Storage Bin Track Guide

1. Remove the under seat storage bin. See BIN, Under Seat Storage.
2. Remove the screws that secure the storage bin track guide (1) being serviced to the riser (2) and remove
the guide.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 586

Fig. 864: Removing/Installing Under Seat Storage Bin Track Guide

1. Position the storage bin track guide (1) to the riser (2) and install the retaining screws. Tighten the screws
to 3.6 N.m (31.8 in. lbs.).
2. Install the under seat storage bin. See Installation.
HINGE, SEAT BACK, BENCH
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Bench seats equipped with child restraint seats have an interlock feature that
will not allow the seat back to fold forward with the child seat open.
Fig. 865: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Back Hinge

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 587

NOTE:
Passenger side shown. Driver side similar.
1. Remove the seat back hinge covers from the hinge being serviced. See COVER, Seat Back Hinge, Rear.
2. Remove the bolts (1 and 2) that secure the seat back hinge (3) to the seat.
Fig. 866: Removing/Installing Recliner Synchronizing Cable

3. If servicing the driver side seat back hinge (3), remove the recliner synchronizing cable from the hinge by
pulling the cable end (1) toward the front of the hinge and disconnect cable from the locking tab (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 588


1. If servicing the driver side seat back hinge (3), connect the cable end (1) of the recliner synchronizing
cable to the locking tab (2) and pull the cable rearward to install the cable onto the hinge.

NOTE:
2. Position the seat back hinge (3) to the seat and install the retaining bolts (1 and 2). Tighten the bolts to 48
N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 589

3. Adjust synchronizing cable, if equipped. See Body/Seats/HINGE, Seat Back - Adjustments.

Adjustments
SYNCHRONIZING CABLE ADJUSTMENT
NOTE:

1. Remove the seat back hinge covers from the driver side hinge. See COVER, Seat Back Hinge, Rear.
2. Remove the recliner synchronizing cable from the hinge by pulling the cable end (1) toward the front of
the hinge.
3. Release the U-shaped locking tab (2) on self-adjusting mechanism to disengage auto-adjust feature.
4. Reattach self-adjusting mechanism, pulling against spring load to tighten cable.
5. Press locking tab onto the adjusting mechanism to lock into place.
6. Install the driver side seat back hinge covers. See Installation.
LATCH, UNDER SEAT STORAGE BIN
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 590

Fig. 870: Removing/Installing Under Seat Storage Bin & Lock/Latch Assembly
1. Remove the under seat storage bin (1). See BIN, Under Seat Storage.
2. Remove the screws that secure the storage bin latch and lock assembly (2) to the storage bin and remove
the latch and lock assembly.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 871: Removing/Installing Under Seat Storage Bin & Lock/Latch Assembly
1. Position the latch and lock assembly (2) onto the under seat storage bin (1) and install the retaining
screws. Tighten the screws to 2 N.m (17 in. lbs.).
2. Install the under seat storage bin. See Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 591

LINK, SEAT RISER LATCH

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 872: Removing/Installing Seat Riser Latch Locking Link

1. Remove the seat from the vehicle and place it on a workbench.
NOTE:
If the seat back is locked in the upright position and cannot be tilted
forward, release the seat back by pulling the seat back latches toward the
rear of the vehicle with a hooked tool from the rear of the seat.
2. Using a flat bladed tool (2), pry the seat back latch locking link (1) being serviced free from the seat riser
(3) and remove the link.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 592

Fig. 873: Removing/Installing Seat Riser Latch Locking Link

1. Position the latch locking link (1) being serviced to the riser (3).
2. Install the latch locking link onto the pin and seat it fully to the riser.
3. Verify proper operation and reinstall the seat.
PAN, SEAT CUSHION
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove seat cushion cover. See COVER, Seat Cushion, Quad.

2. Using a trim tool, unsnap the plastic clips and remove the cushion pan panel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Place cushion pan panel onto the cushion frame routing the pull strap through the slot on the cushion trim.
2. Snap in the plastic clips on to the cushion pan.
3. Install seat cushion cover. See Installation.
PANEL, SEAT BACK, BENCH
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 593

Fig. 874: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Back Panel

NOTE:
Three passenger bench seat shown. Two passenger seat similar.
1. On third row seats remove grocery bag holder. See RETAINER, Plastic Grocery Bag.
2. On three passenger bench seats, use trim remover C-4829A or equivalent to disengage the push-in
fasteners that secure the seat back panel (1) to the seat back frame and remove the panel from the seat (2).
3. On two passenger bench seats, use trim remover C-4829A or equivalent to disengage the push-in
fasteners that secure the upper corners and lower edge of the seat back panel to the seat back frame and
remove seat back panel by pulling the lower edge out away from the seat to disengage the two upper
hooks.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 875: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Back Panel

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 594


1. On three passenger bench seats, position the seat back panel (1) to the seat back frame and engage the
push-in fasteners.
2. On two passenger bench seats, position the seat back panel to the seat back frame and engage the two
upper hooks and then the push-in fasteners that secure the upper corners and lower edge of the panel to
the seat (2).
3. On third row bench seats, install grocery bag holder. See Installation.
RETAINER, PLASTIC GROCERY BAG
Removal
REMOVAL
3-PASS BENCH SEAT
Fig. 876: Removing/Installing Plastic Grocery Bag Retainer (3-passenger Bench Seat)
1. Remove the five screws (1 and 2) that secure the grocery bag holder to the seat back frame and remove
the holder.
50/50 SPLIT BENCH SEAT
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:48 PM
Page 595

Fig. 877: Removing/Installing Plastic Grocery Bag Retainer (50/50 Split Bench Seat)
1. Remove the two screws (2) that secure the grocery bag holder (4) to the seat back panel (3) at the rear of
the seat (1).
2. Pull the top of the grocery bag holder away from the seat back panel and disengage the two bottom
attachment hooks (5) by lifting the holder upward.
Installation
INSTALLATION
3-PASS BENCH SEAT
Fig. 878: Removing/Installing Plastic Grocery Bag Retainer (3-passenger Bench Seat)
1. Position the grocery bag holder to the seat back and install the five retaining screws (1 and 2). Tighten the
screws to 2 N.m (17 in. lbs.).
50/50 SPLIT BENCH SEAT
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 596

Fig. 879: Removing/Installing Plastic Grocery Bag Retainer (50/50 Split Bench Seat)
1. Position the grocery bag holder (4) to the seat back panel (3) and engage the two bottom attachment
hooks (5).
2. Install the two retaining screws (2). Tighten the screws to 2 N.m (17 in. lbs.).
RISER, SEAT, QUAD BUCKET
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 880: Removing/Installing Quad Bucket Seat Riser

procedures).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 597

2. Remove the side shield and cup holder assembly (1). See SIDE SHIELDS, Seat Cushion, Quad Bucket
with Cupholder.
3. Remove the inboard seat side shield (3). See Body/Seats/LINK, Seat Riser Latch - Removal.
4. Remove the five bolts (4), two nuts and the strut bushing and remove the riser (2) from the seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 881: Removing/Installing Quad Bucket Seat Riser

1. Install the riser (2), strut bushing, five bolts (4) and two nuts and tighten all fasteners to 40 N.m (30 ft.
lbs.).
2. Install the seat side shield. See Body/Seats/LINK, Seat Riser Latch - Installation.
3. Install the seat side shield and cup holder assembly. See Installation.
4. Install the seat (refer to the Owner's Manual for proper installation procedures).
RISER, SEAT, 50/50 SPLIT FLAT FLOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 598

Fig. 882: Removing/Installing Seat Riser (50/50 Split Flat Floor)

procedures).
2. Disengage the J-strap (1) that secures the seat cushion cover to the bottom of the seat cushion frame.
3. Remove the six bolts (2) that secures the riser (3) being serviced to the seat cushion frame and remove the
riser.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 599

Fig. 883: Removing/Installing Seat Riser (50/50 Split Flat Floor)

1. Position the riser (3) onto the seat cushion frame and install the retaining bolts (2). Tighten the bolts to 48
N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Engage the J-strap (1) to the seat cushion frame.
RISER, SEAT, SECOND ROW FLAT FLOOR
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 600

Fig. 884: Removing/Installing Seat Riser (Second Row Flat Floor)

procedures).
2. Remove the bolts (3) that secure the riser (1) being serviced to the seat cushion frame (2) and remove the
riser.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 601

Fig. 885: Removing/Installing Seat Riser (Second Row Flat Floor)

1. Position the riser (1) to the seat cushion frame (2) and install the retaining bolts (3). Tighten the bolts to
48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
SEAT, QUAD CHILD
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 886: Removing/Installing Seat Back Cover

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 602


procedures).
2. Remove the seat back cover (1). See COVER, Seat Back, Bench.
Fig. 887: Removing/Installing Child Seat

3. Remove the fasteners (1 and 3) attaching child seat to the seat.
4. Disengage the J straps (2) and remove the child seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 603

Fig. 888: Removing/Installing Child Seat

1. Position the child seat to the seat.
2. Install the fasteners (1 and 3). Tighten to 13.5 N.m (10 ft. lbs.)
3. Engage the J straps (2).
Fig. 889: Removing/Installing Seat Back Cover

4. Install the seat back cover (1). See Installation.
5. Install seat into vehicle (refer to the Owner's Manual for installation procedures).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 604

SEAT BACK, QUAD BENCH

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Quad seats equipped with child restraint seats have an interlock feature that
Fig. 890: Removing/Installing Synchronizer Cable

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the headrest. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Removal.

Remove the armrests, if equipped. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Removal.
Remove the seat back hinge covers. See COVER, Seat Back Hinge, Rear.
If equipped with child restraint seat, remove the child seat synchronizer cable (2) from the seat back hinge
(3) and disconnect the cable from the cable end connector (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 605


NOTE:
Outboard side shown. inboard side similar.
5. Remove the bolts (1) that secure the seat back to the seat back hinges (3) and remove the seat back.
6. If servicing a seat back hinge, remove the bolts (2) that secure the seat back hinge to the seat cushion
frame and remove the hinge.
Installation
INSTALLATION

1. If servicing a seat back hinge (3), position the hinge to the seat cushion frame and install the retaining
bolts (2). Tighten the bolts to 48 N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 606

2. Position the seat back to the seat back hinges and install the retaining bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to 48
N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 893: Removing/Installing Synchronizer Cable

3. If equipped with child restraint seat, connect the child seat synchronizer cable (2) to the cable end
connector (1) and install the cable onto the seat back hinge (3).
5. Install the armrests. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Installation.
6. Install the headrest. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
SEAT BACK, BENCH
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 607


NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
If required, remove the headrests. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Removal.

If required, remove the armrests. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Removal.
Remove the seat back hinge covers. See COVER, Seat Back Hinge, Rear.
Remove the bolts (1) that secure the seat back to the seat back hinges (3) and remove the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 608


NOTE:
1. Position the seat back to the seat back hinges (3) and install the retaining bolts (1). Tighten the bolts to 48
N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Adjust synchronizing cable, if equipped. See Body/Seats/HINGE, Seat Back - Installation.
4. If required, install the armrests. See Body/Seats/ARMREST - Installation.
5. If required, install the headrests. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
SEAT, CHILD
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 896: Identifying Child Restraint Seat Module & Seat Back Frame Lower Rail
1 - CHILD RESTRAINT SEAT MODULE
2 - LOWER HINGE
1. Close the child restraint seat.
2. Remove the seat back cover. See COVER, Seat Back, Bench.
3. Remove the screws attaching the child restraint seat module (1) to the seat back frame lower rail (2)
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 609

Fig. 897: Identifying Upper Bolster, Child Restraint Seat Module, & Push-Pin Fasteners
1 - UPPER BOLSTER
3 - PUSH-IN FASTENER
4. Return seat back to upright position.
5. Disengage the push-in fasteners (3) attaching the upper bolster (1) to the child restraint seat module (2).
Fig. 898: Removing/Installing Child Restraint Seat Module

1 - UPPER BOLSTER
6. Remove the upper bolster (1)
7. Remove the screws attaching top of child restraint seat module (2) to the upper rail of the seat back frame.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 610

Fig. 899: Identifying Child Restraint Seat Module & Interlock Lever
1 - 1ST REAR SEAT BACK
3 - SEAT BACK HINGE INTERLOCK LEVER
8. Remove the child restraint seat module (2) from the seat back (1) and disconnect the interlock lever (3).
Installation
CHILD SEAT
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 611

Fig. 900: Identifying Child Restraint Seat Module & Interlock Lever
1. Position the child restraint seat module (2) to the seat back (1) and the interlock lever (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 612

Fig. 901: Removing/Installing Hinge Interlock Lever

1 - CHILD RESTRAINT SEAT HINGE
4 - SEAT BACK FRAME RAIL
2. Install the hinge interlock lever (2) located near the seat back frame rail (4) at the rear of the seat back (3)
over the outboard child restraint seat hinge (1).
Fig. 902: Identifying Child Restraint Seat Module & Seat Back Frame Lower Rail
2 - LOWER HINGE
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 613

3. Install the screws attaching the child restraint seat module (1) to seat back frame lower rail (2).
Fig. 903: Removing/Installing Child Restraint Seat Module

1 - UPPER BOLSTER
4. Install the screws attaching top of child restraint seat module (2) to seat back frame upper rail. Tighten to
7 N.m (62 in. lbs.).
5. Position the upper bolster (1) to the child restraint seat module.
Fig. 904: Identifying Upper Bolster, Child Restraint Seat Module, & Push-Pin Fasteners
1 - UPPER BOLSTER
3 - PUSH-IN FASTENER
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 614

6. Install the push-in fasteners attaching upper bolster (1) to the child restraint seat module (2).
7. Return the seat back to the folded position.
8. Install the seat back cover. See Installation.
NOTE:
The recliner should not operate with the child seat deployed.
9. Check belt for smooth operation and verify interlock operation.

Adjustments
SYNCHRONIZING CABLE ADJUSTMENT
NOTE:
If the seat back hinges do not release at the same time the synchronizing cable
must be adjusted.
Fig. 905: Identifying Cable End, Locking Tab, & Seatback Hinge
1 - CABLE END
2 - LOCKING TAB
3 - SEATBACK HINGE
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 615

1. Remove seat from vehicle (refer to the Owner's Manual for removal procedures).
2. Disengage the cable from the recline mechanism located on the seat back hinge (3) by pulling the cable
end (1) toward the front of the seat.
3. Pull the U shaped locking tab (2) on the self-adjusting mechanism to disengage auto-adjust feature.
4. Reattach self-adjusting mechanism, pulling against spring load to tighten cable.
5. Press locking tab onto the adjusting mechanism to lock into place.
SIDE SHIELDS, SEAT CUSHION, QUAD BUCKET WITH CUPHOLDER
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 906: Removing/Installing Seat Side Shield/Cup Holder Assembly

procedures).
2. Remove the two screws (1) that secure the cover (2) to the seat back hinge.
3. Remove the forward fold latch handle (3) to allow removal of the side shield and cup holder assembly
(4).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 616

Fig. 907: Identifying Seat Side Shield/Cup Holder Screws

4. Remove the three screws (1) that secure the side shield and cup holder assembly (2) to the seat back hinge
and seat riser.
Fig. 908: Identifying Side Shield/Cup Holder Assembly, Tab, & Seat Riser
5. Depress the tab (2) that secures the side shield and cup holder assembly (1) to the seat riser (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 617

Fig. 909: Identifying Side Shield/Cup Holder Assembly, Push-Pin Fastener, & Seat Riser
6. Disengage the push-pin fastener (2) that secures the side shield and cup holder assembly (3) to the seat
riser (1) and remove the side shield and cup holder assembly.
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 910: Identifying Side Shield/Cup Holder Assembly, Push-Pin Fastener, & Seat Riser
1. Position the side shield and cup holder assembly (3) to the seat riser (1) and engage the push-pin fastener
(2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 618

Fig. 911: Identifying Side Shield/Cup Holder Assembly, Tab, & Seat Riser
2. Engage the tab (2) that secures the side shield and cup holder assembly (1) to the seat riser (3).
Fig. 912: Identifying Seat Side Shield/Cup Holder Screws

3. Install the three screws (1) that secure the side shield and cup holder assembly (2) to the seat back hinge
and seat riser. Tighten the screws securely.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 619

Fig. 913: Removing/Installing Seat Side Shield/Cup Holder Assembly

4. Install the forward fold latch handle (3).
5. Install the two screws (1) that secure the cover (2) to the seat back hinge. Tighten the screws securely.
6. Install the seat (4) (refer to the Owner's Manual for proper installation procedures).
SIDE SHIELDS, SEAT CUSHION, QUAD BUCKET
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 914: Removing/Installing Seat Side Shield

1. Remove the three screws (1) that secure the side shield (2) to the seat back hinge and seat riser and
remove the shield.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 620

Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 915: Removing/Installing Seat Side Shield

1. Position the side shield (2) to the seat back hinge and seat riser and install the three retaining screws (1).
TRACK, BENCH
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 621

Fig. 916: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Track

procedures).
2. Disengage the seat track adjuster link wire (1) from the seat track (4) being serviced.
3. Remove the nuts (3) that secure the seat track to the riser (2) and remove the seat track.
4. If required, remove the bolts (5) that secure the riser to the seat cushion frame and remove the riser.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 622

Fig. 917: Removing/Installing Bench Seat Track

1. If removed, position the riser (2) to the seat cushion frame and install the retaining bolts (5). Tighten the
2. Position the seat track (4) onto the seat riser and install the retaining nuts (3). Tighten the nuts to 48 N.m
(35 ft. lbs.).
3. Engage the seat track adjuster link wire (1) to the seat track.
SEATS, THIRD ROW, STOW-N-GO

CABLE, SEAT LEG RETRACTING
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 623

Fig. 918: Removing/Installing Retracting Leg Shields

1. Remove the third row seat from vehicle and place it on a workbench upside down in the folded position.
See SEAT, Stow-n-Go.
2. Remove the retracting leg shields (2). See SHIELD, Seat, Leg Retracting.
Fig. 919: Removing Cable End Clip From Front Leg By Prying Up On Base Of Clip Using
Screwdriver
3. Remove the cable end clip (2) from the front leg (1) by prying up on the base of the clip with a
screwdriver or other flat bladed tool (3).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 624

Fig. 920: Removing/Installing Pulley At Front Of Seat

4. Remove the pulley (1) located at the front of the seat.
Fig. 921: Removing Cable Eyelet From Spring

5. Remove cable eyelet from the spring located on the rear leg at the back of the seat and remove the spring.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 625

Fig. 922: Removing Cable Housing Retainer Clip Using Screwdriver

6. Using a screwdriver or other flat bladed tool (2), remove the retainer clip that secures the cable housing
(1) to the bracket located near the base of the rear leg (3) of the seat.
Fig. 923: Identifying Cable Housing Tie Strap

7. Remove the tie strap (1) that secures the cable housing to the seat and remove the cable out from under
the seat (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 626

Fig. 924: Identifying Eyelet, Cable, & Pivot Shaft

1. Feed the cable (2) through the bracket located near the base of the rear leg. Be sure the eyelet (2) is
towards the rear of seat.
2. Feed the cable through the rear foot. The cable must run underneath the pivot shaft (3) at the base, and
route up through the rear foot. Leave slack in the cable at this time.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 627

Fig. 925: Identifying Spring, Rear Leg, & Cable

3. Attach the spring (2) to the rear leg (3).
4. Attach the cable (1) to the spring.
Fig. 926: Removing/Installing Pulley At Front Of Seat

5. Install the pulley (1) onto the bracket.
NOTE:
Spray white lithium grease (p/n 04318066AB) on the pulley and cable
where they contact each other.
6. Position the cable into the groove on the pulley.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 628

Fig. 927: Removing Cable End Clip From Front Leg By Prying Up On Base Of Clip Using
Screwdriver
7. Position the cable to the front leg (1) and install the cable end clip (2).
Fig. 928: Installing Retaining Clip Using Screwdriver

1 - CABLE HOUSING
2 - FLAT BLADED TOOL (OR EQUIVALENT)
3 - REAR LEG OF THE SEAT
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 629

8. Position the cable housing (1) onto the bracket located near the base of the rear leg (3) and install the
retaining clip using a screwdriver or other flat bladed tool (2).
Fig. 929: Identifying Cable Retaining Strap

9. Position the cable to the bottom of the seat and install a plastic retaining strap (1).
Fig. 930: Identifying DO NOT LIFT Symbol

10. Inspect the retracting leg shields for an embossed DO NOT LIFT symbol (1). If the symbol is not present,
replace the retracting leg shields.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 630

Fig. 931: Identifying Retracting Leg Shield

1 - LEG SHIELD
2 - END OF FRONT LEG
11. Install the retracting leg shields (1). See Installation.
12. Install the seat. See Installation.
COVER, SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
On all leather trimmed seats, back cover can be removed from the back foam
pad. On cloth trimmed seats, the back cover does not separate from the foam
pad.
Remove seat back assembly. See SEAT BACK, Stow-n-Go.

Remove headrest sleeve. See Body/Seats/SLEEVE, Headrest - Removal.
Using special tool C-4755, remove the pull strap bezel.
Unzip the trim cover sides.
Open up the trim cover lower closeout.
Roll over the cover and pad and pull to the top of the frame.
Installation
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 631

INSTALLATION
NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
On all leather trimmed seats, back cover can be removed from the back foam
pad. On cloth trimmed seats, the back cover does not separate from the foam
pad.
Locate stow strap underneath pad/cover and pull the end of the strap through the slit of the pad cover.
Invert cover and install pad on to the back frame.
Close up the trim cover lower closeout.
Slide the stow and go strap through the bezel. Push bezel onto the back frame slot underneath the cover.
COVER, SEAT CUSHION, STOW-N-GO

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
On leather trimmed seats, cushion cover can be removed from the cushion
the foam pad.
Remove seat from vehicle. See SEAT, Stow-n-Go.

Remove screws fastening rear grocery bag holders.
Remove inboard and outboard recliner covers.
Using a special tool C-4755, remove pull strap bezel.
Unzip both sides of the seat covers.
Disengage seat cushion cover J-straps from cushion pan panel.
Remove cover and foam from cushion pan panel.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
On leather trimmed seats, cushion cover can be removed from the cushion
the foam pad.
Place the seat cushion cover and foam together.

Route pull strap through the slit on bottom of trim cover.
Pull trim cover around corners of frame and secure J-retainers.
Zip both sides of seat covers.
Fasten screw attaching inboard and outboard recliner covers.
Fasten screws attaching rear grocery bag holder.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 632

7. Install seat into vehicle. See Installation.

FRAME, SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove seat back stow strap. See STOW STRAP, Seat Back, Stow-n-Go.
Using a trim tool pull out the back panel clips that attach back panel to the back frame.
Remove two bolts on each side of frame.
Remove seat back frame from seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Place seat back frame into position.

Install two bolts on each side of seat back frame.
Install strap at top of frame.
Install seat back cover and foam. See Installation.
RECLINING MECHANISM
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove seat back assembly. See SEAT BACK, Stow-n-Go.

Remove the torsion rods. Two on 60% seat and 1 on the 40% seat.
Remove the crosstube bracket by removing the 4 screws.
Remove 4 nuts fastening the recliner to the seat cushion frame assembly.
Remove the cross talk tube connecting the recliners on 60% seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
Connect the 60% recliner with the cross talk tube.

Attach the recliners to the seat cushion frame with 4 nuts. Tighten bolts to 50 N.m (37 ft. lbs.)
Hook the torsion rod to the recliners on one side. 2 on 60% seat, 1 on 40% seat.
Install cross tube bracket with 4 fasteners.
RISER, SEAT, THIRD ROW FLAT FLOOR

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:49 PM
Page 633

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 932: Removing/Installing Seat Riser (Third Row Flat Floor)

1. Remove the seat track. See Body/Seats/TRACK - Removal.
2. Remove the bolts that secure the riser (1) to the seat cushion frame and remove the riser.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 634

Fig. 933: Removing/Installing Seat Riser (Third Row Flat Floor)

1. Position the riser (1) to the seat cushion frame (2) and install the retaining bolts. Tighten the bolts to 48
N.m (35 ft. lbs.).
2. Install the seat track. See Body/Seats/TRACK - Installation.
SEAT, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 635

Fig. 934: Identifying Clips & Anchor Molding

1. With the third row seat folded into the floor well, use trim stick C-4755 or equivalent to disengage the
clips (1) that secure the anchor molding (3) to the seat frame.
Fig. 935: Identifying Bolts At Front Of Seat & Floor Panel

2. Remove the bolts (1) that secure the front of the seat to the floor panel.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 636

Fig. 936: Identifying Hinge Bolts

3. Raise the seat to the upright position.
4. Remove the bolts (1) that secure the hinges at the rear of the seat to the floor panel in the sequence shown
in Fig. 936, and remove the rear seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 637

1. Position the third row seat into the vehicle.

2. Install the bolts (1) that secure the four hinges at the rear of the seat to the floor panel. Tighten the bolts in
the sequence shown in Fig. 937 to 89 N.m (66 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 938: Identifying Bolts At Front Of Seat & Floor Panel

3. With the third row seat folded into the floor well, install the bolts (1) that secure the front of the seat to
the floor panel. Tighten the bolts to 58 N.m (43 ft. lbs.).
Fig. 939: Identifying Clips & Anchor Molding

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 638

4. Position the anchor molding (3) to the seat frame.

5. Align the locating pins (2) and engage the clips (1) that secure the anchor molding to the seat frame.
SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove seat back stow strap. See STOW STRAP, Seat Back, Stow-n-Go.
2. Using a trim tool C-4829A, pull out the back panel clips attaching back panel to seat back frame.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Snap in the back panel with the attaching clips to the back frame.
2. Install seat back stow strap. See Installation.
SHIELD, SEAT, LEG RETRACTING
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 940: Releasing Rear Of Fold Flat Shield Using Trim Stick
1. With the seat in the stow position and using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent (2), release the rear of the
fold flat shield (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 639

Fig. 941: Lifting Rear Of Shield From Seat

2. Lift the rear of the shield (1) free of the seat.
Fig. 942: Prying Up On Front Of Shield Using Trim Stick

3. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent (1) pry up on the front of the shield (2) slightly and slide the shield
off the fold flat leg.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 640

Fig. 943: Positioning Shield Over Leg

1. Line up the tab with the slot (1) and the tab with the front of the leg (3) and position the shield (2) over
the leg (4).
Fig. 944: Sliding Shield Down Over Front Of Leg

2. Slide the shield (1) down over the front of the leg and seat fully.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 641

Fig. 945: Identifying Panel & Seat Cover

3. Seat the rear of the panel (1) fully and make sure the shield is tucked under the seat cover (2) fully.
4. Verify the operation of the seat.
SPRING, LEG RETRACTOR
Removal
REMOVAL

1. Fold the seat into the floor.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 642

2. Fold all of the second and third row seats into the floor.
3. Remove the rear seat to floor carpet cover by disengaging the clips, starting from the inboard clip and
working towards the outboard clip.
Fig. 947: Placing Trim Sticks In Each Leg

5. Place the trim sticks (2) C-4755 or equivalent, in each leg as shown in Fig. 947 to keep the legs from
folding out of the seat (1).
Fig. 948: Rotating Seat At 20-45 Degree Angle To Remove Tension From Spring
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 643

6. Rotate the seat up to approximately a 20-45 angle (1) so that the tension is removed from the spring (2)
and cable.
Fig. 949: Removing Spring From Floor Attaching Bracket Using Needle Nose Pliers
7. Using locking needle nose pliers (1), remove the spring from the floor attaching bracket (3). Once the
bracket end is loose, remove the spring from the cable end. Continue holding the cable end. The seat
must remain at the 20-45 angle (2) and the leg on the outboard side of the seat must be held down
to keep slack in the cable.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Attach the new spring to the cable.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 644

Fig. 950: Attaching Spring At Bracket

2. Attach the spring (1) at the bracket (3). The seat must remain at the 20-45 angle (2) and the leg on the
outboard side of the seat must be held down to keep slack in the cable
CAUTION: Do not use pliers to attach the spring to the bracket. Damage to the
spring may occur. There should be enough slack in the cable to
attach the spring using your hands.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fold the seat down into the floor.

Remove both trim sticks from the legs.
Install the floor carpet cover.
Install the retracting leg shields. See Installation.
STOW STRAP, SEAT BACK, STOW-N-GO

Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove seat back pad/cover assembly. See COVER, Seat Back, Stow-n-Go.
2. Slide strap from back/frame panel assembly.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Slide strap into slot located on the back frame.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 645

2. Install seat back pad/cover assembly. See Installation.
SEATS, THIRD ROW, POWER FOLDING

CABLE, SEAT LEG RETRACTING
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 951: Removing Retracting Leg Shields

1. Remove the third row seat from vehicle and place it on a workbench upside down in the folded position.
See SEAT.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 646

Fig. 952: Removing Cable End Clip From Front Leg Using Screwdriver
3. Remove the cable end clip (2) from the front leg (1) by prying up on the base of the clip with a
screwdriver or other flat bladed tool (3).
Fig. 953: Identifying Pulley At Front Of Seat

4. Remove the pulley (1) located at the front of the seat.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 647

Fig. 954: Removing Cable Eyelet From Spring

5. Remove cable eyelet from the spring located on the rear leg at the back of the seat and remove the spring.
Fig. 955: Removing Cable Housing Retainer Clip Using Screwdriver

6. Using a screwdriver or other flat bladed tool (2), remove the retainer clip that secures the cable housing
(1) to the bracket located near the base of the rear leg (3) of the seat.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 648

Fig. 956: Identifying Cable Housing Tie Strap

7. Remove the tie strap (1) that secures the cable housing to the seat and remove the cable out from under
the seat (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 649

Fig. 957: Identifying Cable, Eyelet, & Pivot Shaft

1. Feed the cable (2) through the bracket located near the base of the rear leg. Be sure the eyelet (2) is
towards the rear of seat.
2. Feed the cable through the rear foot. The cable must run underneath the pivot shaft (3) at the base, and
route up through the rear foot. Leave slack in the cable at this time.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 650

Fig. 958: Identifying Cable, Spring, & Rear Leg

3. Attach the spring (2) to the rear leg (3).
4. Attach the cable (1) to the spring.
Fig. 959: Identifying Pulley

5. Install the pulley (1) onto the bracket.
NOTE:
Spray white lithium grease (p/n 04318066AB) on the pulley and cable
where they contact each other.
6. Position the cable into the groove on the pulley.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 651

Fig. 960: Identifying Cable End Clip & Front Leg

7. Position the cable to the front leg (1) and install the cable end clip (2).
Fig. 961: Installing Cable Housing Retaining Clip Using Screwdriver

1 - CABLE HOUSING
2 - FLAT BLADED TOOL (OR EQUIVALENT)
3 - REAR LEG OF THE SEAT
8. Position the cable housing (1) onto the bracket located near the base of the rear leg (3) and install the
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 652

retaining clip using a screwdriver or other flat bladed tool (2).
Fig. 962: Identifying Cable Retaining Strap

9. Position the cable to the bottom of the seat and install a plastic retaining strap (1).
Fig. 963: Identifying DO NOT LIFT Symbol

10. Inspect the front leg covers for an embossed DO NOT LIFT symbol (1). If the symbol is not present,
replace the front leg covers.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 653

Fig. 964: Identifying Retracting Leg Shield

1 - LEG SHIELD
2 - END OF FRONT LEG
11. Install the retracting leg shields (1). See Installation.
COVER, SEAT BACK
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Refer to SEAT for seat exploded view and call outs.

Remove the seat from the vehicle. See SEAT.
Remove the seat back. See SEAT BACK.
Remove the headrest and sleeves. See SLEEVE, Headrest.
Remove the seat back cushion and cover as one piece.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Refer to SEAT for seat exploded view and call outs.

3. Install the headrest and sleeves. See Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 654


5. Install the seat to the vehicle. See Installation.
COVER, SEAT CUSHION
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Refer to SEAT for seat exploded views and call outs.

Remove the seat from the vehicle and place it on a workbench. See SEAT.
Disconnect the electrical connector from the seat back recliner motor.
Remove the seat back. See SEAT BACK.
Unzip both the outboard and inboard side of the seat cushion cover.
Disconnect the electrical connector from the seat back recliner switch located inside of the seat cushion
cover, on the outboard bolster.
CAUTION: Do not remove the seat cushion and cover assembly from the seat
cushion frame before disconnecting the seat back recliner switch
electrical connector. Failure to follow this instruction may result in
damage to the recliner switch and wire harness connector.
7. Remove the seat cushion and cover from the seat cushion frame as an assembly.
8. If required, remove the seat back recliner switch from the seat cushion cover. Refer to Electrical - Power
Systems/Power Seats/SWITCH, Seat - Removal .
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Refer to SEAT for seat exploded views and call outs.

2. If required, install the seat back recliner switch onto the seat cushion cover. Refer to Electrical - Power
Systems/Power Seats/SWITCH, Seat - Installation .
3. Install the seat cushion and cover assembly onto the seat cushion frame.
4. Connect the electrical connector to the seat back recliner switch.
5. Zip up both sides of the seat cushion cover.
7. Connect the electrical connector to the seat back recliner motor.
PANEL, LOAD FLOOR
Removal
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 655

REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the seat cushion and cover (3). See COVER, Seat Cushion.
Disengage the push pins and remove the seat cushion panel (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.

Install the seat cushion panel (2) and push pins.
Install the seat cushion and cover (3). See Installation.
Install the seat to the vehicle. See Installation.
RETAINER, PLASTIC GROCERY BAG

Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the rear carpet closeout below the grocery bag hooks.
Remove the two screws (24) from the lower edge of the grocery bag hooks.
Gently pull out and up to disengage the grocery bag hooks from the seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.

Install the grocery bag hooks to the seat.
Install the two screws (24) in the lower edge of the grocery bag hooks.
Install the rear carpet closeout below the grocery bag hooks.
SEAT
Description
DESCRIPTION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 656

Fig. 965: Identifying Power Folding Seat Components

1. COVER, FRONT LEG INBOARD/OUTBOARD
2. PANEL ASSEMBLY, CUSHION
3. ASSEMBLY, SEAT CUSHION AND COVER
4. ASSEMBLY, BACK PAD AND COVER
5. SCREW
6. COVER, RECLINER OUTBOARD INNER
7. COVER, RECLINER OUTBOARD A-BRACKET
8. SCREW
9. COVER, RECLINER OUTBOARD OUTER
19. SCREW
20. BOLT
21. ASSEMBLY, RECLINER INBOARD
22. TORQUE ROD, RECLINER
23. HOLDER, GROCERY BAG
24. SCREW
25. BOLT
26. CLOSE-OUT, CARPET
27. COVER, RECLINER INBOARD ABRACKET
10. BOLT
28. SCREW
11. BOLT
29. BUCKLE, SEAT
12. ASSEMBLY, RECLINER OUTBOARD
30. NUT
13. MOTOR, POWER RECLINER
31. COVER, RECLINER INBOARD INNER
14. HEAD RESTRAINT
32. SCREW
15. SLEEVE, HEAD RESTRAINT LOCKING
33. COVER, RECLINER INBOARD OUTER
16. SLEEVE, HEAD RESTRAINT NON-LOCKING 34. FRAME, SEAT CUSHION
17. FRAME, SEAT BACK
35. BRACKET, CROSSTALK TUBE PROTECT
18. PANEL ASSEMBLY, BACK
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 657

Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
See POWER SEATS, THIRD ROW - SERVICE INFORMATION for service of the
power folding seat module, motors, actuator, latches and switches.
Fig. 966: Identifying Cable End, Leg Latch, & Leg

NOTE:
In the event that the power folding seat does not operate electronically, the seat
can be slowly repositioned manually.
1. Fold the third row seat into the floor well.

NOTE:
If the electric seat leg latch release actuator and cable assembly is
inoperative, or one or more leg latches fail to release, it will be necessary
to manually release the latch or latches. The following procedure should
be performed to eliminate the risk of seat component damage.
a. Access the effected leg (1). The leg latch release cables are located on the outer edge of the seat
legs. Depending on the inoperative latch, it will be necessary to access the area between the two
inboard legs of the 60/40 seats or the area between the outboard seat legs and quarter trim panel.
b. Find the leg latch release cable end (2) where it attaches to the latch stud.
c. Lift up on the cable end until the leg latch (3) releases from the floor striker.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 658


2. With the third row seat folded into the floor well, remove the bolts (1) that secure the hinges to the floor
panel.
Fig. 968: Identifying Hinge Bolt Removal Sequence

NOTE:
In the event that the power folding seat does not operate electronically, the
seat can be slowly repositioned manually.
3. Place a piece of wood or similar item to prevent the leg latches from engaging the floor strikers and move
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 659

the seat to the folded position.

5. Remove the bolts (1) that secure the hinges to the floor panel in the sequence shown in Fig. 968, and
remove the seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
See POWER SEATS, THIRD ROW - SERVICE INFORMATION for service of the
power folding seat module, motors, actuator, latches and switches.
Fig. 969: Power Folding Seat Hinge Bolts - Torque Sequence

1. Position the third row seat into the vehicle.
2. Connect the electrical connectors.
3. Install the bolts (1) that secure the four hinges to the floor panel. Tighten the bolts in the sequence shown
in Fig. 969 to 89 N.m (66 ft. lbs.).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 660

Fig. 970: Identifying Seat Bolts At Floor Panel

4. Fold the third row seat into the floor well.
5. Install the bolts (1) that secure the seat to the floor panel. Tighten the bolts to 58 N.m (43 ft. lbs.).
6. Using an appropriate scan tool, recalibrate the seats as required and verify proper seat operation. Refer to
Electrical - Power Systems/Power Seats - Standard Procedure .
SEAT BACK
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the recliner covers.
Remove the mounting bolts (10 and 25).
Disconnect the electrical connectors.
Remove the seat back from the seat.
Installation
INSTALLATION

2. Install the seat back to the seat.
3. Connect the electrical connectors.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 661

4. Install the mounting bolts. Torque to 47 N-m (35 ft. lbs.).

5. Install the recliner covers.
6. Install the seat to the vehicle. See Installation.
SHIELD, SEAT, LEG RETRACTING
Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 971: Releasing Rear Of Fold Flat Shield Using Trim Stick
1. With the seat in the stow position and using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent (2), release the rear of the
fold flat shield (1).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 662


2. Lift the rear of the shield (1) free of the seat.
Fig. 973: Prying Up On Front Of Shield Using Trim Stick

3. Using trim stick C-4755 or equivalent (1) pry up on the front of the shield (2) slightly and slide the shield
off the fold flat leg.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 663

Fig. 974: Positioning Shield Over Leg

1. Line up the tab with the slot (1) and the tab with the front of the leg (3) and position the shield (2) over
the leg (4).
Fig. 975: Sliding Shield Down Over Front Of Leg

2. Slide the shield (1) down over the front of the leg and seat fully.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 664

Fig. 976: Identifying Panel & Seat Cover

3. Seat the rear of the panel (1) fully and make sure the shield is tucked under the seat cover (2) fully.
4. Verify the operation of the seat.
SLEEVE, HEADREST
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the headrest (14) from the seat back. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Removal.
Unzip the back cover to gain access to the headrest sleeves (15 and 16).
Reach up under seat back frame (17) and pinch together the two retainer barbs located on each head
restraint sleeve.
5. With the retainer barbs pinched together, pull the two headrest sleeves upward and out of the seat back.
Installation
INSTALLATION

2. Install the two headrest sleeves into the seat back until the sleeves are in the locking position. Take care to
install the sleeves in the original positions.
3. Zip the seat back cover.
4. Install the headrest (14) to the seat back. See Body/Seats/HEADREST - Installation.
SPRING, LEG RETRACTOR
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 665

Removal
REMOVAL

1. Fold the seat into the floor.
2. Fold all of the second and third row seats into the floor.
3. Remove the rear seat to floor carpet cover by disengaging the clips, starting from the inboard clip and
working towards the outboard clip.
Fig. 978: Placing Trim Sticks In Each Leg

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 666


5. Place the trim sticks (2) C-4755 or equivalent, in each leg as shown in Fig. 978 to keep the legs from
folding out of the seat (1).
Fig. 979: Rotating Seat At 20-45 Degree Angle To Remove Tension From Spring
6. Rotate the seat up to approximately a 20-45 angle (1) so that the tension is removed from the spring (2)
and cable.
Fig. 980: Removing Spring From Floor Attaching Bracket Using Needle Nose Pliers
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 667

7. Using locking needle nose pliers (1), remove the spring from the floor attaching bracket (3). Once the
bracket end is loose, remove the spring from the cable end. Continue holding the cable end. The seat
must remain at the 20-45 angle (2) and the leg on the outboard side of the seat must be held down
to keep slack in the cable.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Attach the new spring to the cable.
Fig. 981: Attaching Spring At Bracket

2. Attach the spring (1) at the bracket (3). The seat must remain at the 20-45 angle (2) and the leg on the
outboard side of the seat must be held down to keep slack in the cable
CAUTION: Do not use pliers to attach the spring to the bracket. Damage to the
spring may occur. There should be enough slack in the cable to
attach the spring using your hands.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fold the seat down into the floor.

Remove both trim sticks from the legs.
Install the floor carpet cover.
Install the retracting leg shields. See Installation.
STATIONARY GLASS
GLASS, LIFTGATE
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 668

Removal
REMOVAL
Fig. 982: Identifying Heated Backlite & Connectors

1. Remove rear window wiper arm.
2. Remove interior trim covers.
3. Disconnect connectors (2) for heated backlite (1) (if equipped).
Fig. 983: Cutting Urethane Adhesive Using Sharp Cold Knife

4. Using a sharp cold knife (1) , cut urethane adhesive (2) attaching the rear window to the liftgate. A power
cutting device can be used if available.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:50 PM
Page 669

5. Remove rear window from vehicle.

Installation
INSTALLATION
CAUTION: Open the left front door glass before installing rear window to avoid
pressurizing the passenger compartment. If a door is slammed before
urethane bonding is cured, water leaks can result.
Allow the urethane at least 24 hours to cure before returning the vehicle to
use.
To avoid stressing the replacement rear window, the urethane bonding
material on the rear window fence should be smooth and consistent to the
shape of the replacement glass.
1. Place replacement glass into rear window opening.
2. Verify the glass lays evenly against the pinch weld fence at the sides, top and bottom of the replacement
rear window. If not, the urethane adhesive remaining on the fence must be formed to the shape of the new
glass.
3. Using a grease pencil, mark the glass and liftgate in several locations to aid installation.
4. Remove replacement glass from liftgate opening.
5. Position the rear window inside up on a suitable work surface with two padded, wood 10 cm by 10 cm by
50 cm (4 in. by 4 in. by 20 in.) blocks, placed parallel 75 cm (2.5 ft.) apart.
WARNING: Do not use solvent based glass cleaner to clean rear window before
applying glass prep and primer. Poor adhesion can result.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 670

Fig. 984: Identifying Liftgate Glass Spacer Clips

6. Clean inside of rear window with ammonia based glass cleaner and lint-free cloth.
7. Apply Glass Prep adhesion promoter 25 mm (1 in.) wide around perimeter of rear window and wipe with
clean/dry lint-free cloth until no streaks are visible.
8. Apply Glass Primer 25 mm (1 in.) wide around perimeter of rear window. Allow at least three minutes
drying time.
9. Apply Pinch weld Primer 19 mm (0.75 in.) wide around the rear window fence. Allow at least three
minutes drying time.
10. If a low viscosity urethane adhesive is used, install compression spacers on the fence around the rear
window opening.
11. Apply a 10 mm (0.4 in.) bead of urethane along center line of rear window fence.
CAUTION: Be careful so that spacers do not contaminate urethane bead.
12. Apply 2 glass spacer clips (1) to liftgate, approximately 150 mm (6.0 inches) inboard from edge.
13. With the help of an assistant, position the liftgate glass over the liftgate opening and align the reference
marks.
14. Slowly lower glass to liftgate opening fence. Push glass inward until flush to liftgate surface.
15. Clean excess urethane from exterior with Mopar Super Kleen, or equivalent.
16. Apply 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of 50 mm (2 in.) masking tape spaced 250 mm (10 in.) apart to hold
molding in place until urethane cures.
17. Install rear window wiper arm.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 671

Fig. 985: Identifying Heated Backlite & Connectors

18. Connect heated backlite connectors (2) (if equipped).
19. Install interior trim.
20. After urethane has cured, remove tape strips, slide out bottom spacer clips, and then water test rear
window to verify repair.
GLASS, QUARTER
Removal
REMOVAL
MANUAL QUARTER GLASS
Fig. 986: Removing/Installing Quarter Window

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 672

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the upper C-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, C-Pillar Trim - Removal.
Unclip the quarter window (1) from the latch at the rear of the window.
Remove the two hinge retaining nuts (3) and washer (2) at the C-pillar.
Separate the quarter window (1) from the vehicle.
POWER QUARTER GLASS
Fig. 987: Identifying Hinge Retaining Nuts, Washers, & Quarter Window
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the upper C-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, C-Pillar Trim - Removal.
Unclip the quarter window from the power window pivot at the rear of the window.
Remove the two hinge retaining nuts (3) and washers (2) at the C-pillar.
Separate the quarter window (1) from the vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
MANUAL QUARTER GLASS
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 673

Fig. 988: Removing/Installing Quarter Window

1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the quarter window (1) in the vehicle window opening.

Install the two hinge retaining nuts (3) and washers (2) at the C-pillar.
Connect the quarter window (1) to the latch at the rear of the window.
Install the upper C-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, C-Pillar Trim - Installation.
POWER QUARTER GLASS
Fig. 989: Identifying Hinge Retaining Nuts, Washers, & Quarter Window
1.
2.
3.
4.
Position the quarter window (1) in the vehicle window opening.

Install the two hinge retaining nuts (3) and washers (2) at the C-pillar.
Connect the quarter window (1) to the latch at the rear of the window.
Install the upper C-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, C-Pillar Trim - Installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 674

LATCH AND PIVOT, QUARTER GLASS

Removal
REMOVAL
MANUAL QUARTER WINDOW LATCH
Fig. 990: Removing/Installing Quarter Window Latch

1. Remove the upper D-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, D-Pillar Trim - Removal.
2. Remove the three bolts (3) retaining the quarter window latch (1) to the D-pillar.
3. Unsnap the manual latch from the window (3) and remove from vehicle.
POWER QUARTER WINDOW PIVOT/ACTUATOR
Refer to Electrical - Power Systems/Power Windows/MOTOR, Window Regulator - Removal .

Installation
INSTALLATION
MANUAL QUARTER WINDOW LATCH
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 675

Fig. 991: Removing/Installing Quarter Window Latch

1. Position the manual latch into position and snap it onto the window (3).
2. Install the three bolts (3) retaining the quarter window latch (1) to the D-pillar.
3. Install the upper D-pillar trim. See Body/Interior/PANEL, D-Pillar Trim - Installation.
POWER QUARTER WINDOW PIVOT/ACTUATOR
Refer to Electrical - Power Systems/Power Windows/MOTOR, Window Regulator - Installation .

WINDSHIELD
Removal
REMOVAL
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 676

Fig. 992: Cutting & Separating Windshield Urethane Adhesive Using Wire-Type Windshield Cutting
Tool
The windshield is attached to the window frame (fence) with urethane adhesive. The urethane adhesive is
applied cold and seals the surface area between the window opening and the glass. The primer adheres the
urethane adhesive to the windshield.
WARNING: Do not operate the vehicle within 24 hours of windshield installation. It
takes at least 24 hours for urethane adhesive to cure. If it is not cured, the
windshield may not perform properly in an accident.
CAUTION: Open the left front door glass before installing the rear window to avoid
pressurizing the passenger compartment if a door is slammed before the
urethane bonding is fully cured. Water leaks can result.
Remove the rear view mirror. See Body/Interior/MIRROR, Rearview - Removal.
Remove the cowl grille. See Body/Exterior/COVER, Cowl Panel - Removal.
Remove molding from the top of the windshield.
Using an assistant and a wire-type windshield cutting tool (1, 3 and 4), cut and separate the urethane
adhesive (2) securing the windshield to the windshield fence.
5. Carefully remove the windshield from the vehicle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 677

Fig. 993: Removing Original Urethane From Windshield Glass Using Razor Knife
WARNING: Do not operate the vehicle within 24 hours of windshield installation. It
takes at least 24 hours for urethane adhesive to cure. If it is not cured, the
windshield may not perform properly if the vehicle is in an accident.
CAUTION: To help prevent water leaks, partially roll down the left and right door
glass before installing the windshield. This avoids pressurizing the
passenger compartment if a door is slammed before the urethane is cured.
1. If the windshield (1) is being reused, remove as much of the original urethane (3) as possible from the
glass surface using a razor knife (2).
Fig. 994: Levelling Original Bead Of Urethane On Windshield Fence To Approx 1 MM In Height
Using Razor Knife
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 678

CAUTION: To prevent corrosion, do not damage paint on windshield fence when

removing original urethane.
CAUTION: The windshield fence should be cleaned of most of its old urethane
adhesive. A small amount of old urethane, approximately 1 mm (.039
in.) in height should remain on the fence. Do not completely remove
all old urethane from the fence, the paint finish and bonding strength
will be adversely affected.
CAUTION: Support spacers located near the cowl at the bottom of the
windshield fence should be replaced with new spacers. Replace any
missing or damaged spacers around the perimeter of the windshield
fence.
2. Using a razor knife (2), level the original bead of urethane (1) on the windshield fence (3) to a thickness
of approximately 1 mm (0.04 in.) and remove any damaged adhesive backed spacers.
Fig. 995: Installing Windshield

3. Install new adhesive backed spacers (4) along the windshield fence as required.
4. Install a new rubber seal (2) along the top of the windshield (1).
5. Using an assistant, position the windshield into the windshield opening and against the windshield fence
(3) and spacers.
6. Verify the windshield lays evenly against the fence at the top, bottom and sides of the opening. If not, the
fence must be formed to the shape of the windshield.
7. Mark the windshield and the windshield fence with a grease pencil or pieces of masking tape to use as a
reference for installation.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 679

8. Using an assistant, remove the windshield from the windshield opening and place it on a suitable padded
work surface.
Fig. 996: Applying Glass Primer Around Perimeter Of Windshield

WARNING: Do not use solvent based glass cleaners to clean the windshield
before applying glass prep and primer or poor glass adhesion may
result.
9. Clean the inside of the windshield with an ammonia based glass cleaner and a lint-free cloth.
10. Apply glass prep adhesion promoter 25 mm (1 in.) wide (1) around the perimeter of the windshield (2)
and 5 mm (0.2 in.) from the edge of the glass and wipe dry with a clean lint-free cloth until no streaks are
visible.
11. Apply glass primer 25 mm (1 in.) wide (1) around the perimeter of the windshield (2) and 5 mm (0.2 in.)
from the edge of the glass. Allow at least three minutes drying time.
12. Using a flashlight, verify that the primer is completely and evenly installed along the perimeter of the
windshield.
13. Re-prime any area that is not fully and evenly primed.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 680

Fig. 997: Applying Pinch Weld Primer Around Windshield Fence

14. Clean the windshield fence with an ammonia based glass cleaner and a lint-free cloth.
15. Apply pinch weld primer 15 mm (0.75 in.) wide (1) around the windshield fence (2). Allow at least three
minutes drying time.
16. Using a flashlight, verify that the primer is completely and evenly installed along the windshield fence.
17. Re-prime any area that is not fully and evenly primed.
Fig. 998: Applying Bead Of Adhesive To Windshield Glass

CAUTION: Always apply the bead of adhesive to the windshield. Always install
the windshield within 5 minutes after applying the adhesive.
NOTE:
If the original urethane adhesive has been exposed for more than 12
hours, the entire adhesive area will need to be re-primed prior to installing
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 681

new adhesive.
18. Apply approximately a 10 mm (0.4 in.) wide bead of adhesive (1) with a triangular nozzle approximately
6 mm (0.230 in.) from the edge of the glass (2) starting at the bottom center of the windshield.
Fig. 999: Identifying Windshield Adhesive Overlap

19. Run the end of the adhesive bead (1) on the windshield (2) parallel to the start of the bead and smooth the
ends flush.
Fig. 1000: Installing Windshield

20. Using an assistant, position the windshield (1) over the windshield opening.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 682

21. Using the grease pencil marks or tape as reference points, align the windshield to the windshield opening.
22. Carefully lower the windshield into the windshield opening. Guide the windshield and the rubber seal (2)
at the top the windshield into its proper location.
CAUTION: It is not possible to move the windshield after installation. The
windshield should never be pressed into place by more than one
person, because the windshield can break if pressed simultaneously
on both sides.
23. Push the windshield inward until the windshield comes into contact with the spacers (4) located on each
side and the bottom of the windshield fence (3).
24. Install the cowl grill. See Body/Exterior/COVER, Cowl Panel - Installation.
25. Install the rear view mirror onto the windshield. See Body/Interior/MIRROR, Rearview - Installation.
SUNROOF
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 683

Fig. 1001: Identifying Sunroof Components

SUNROOF ASSEMBLY BREAKDOWN
1 - Wind Deflector
5 - Frame Assembly
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 684

2 - Glass Assembly
3 - Water Channel
4 - Sunshade
6 - Sunroof Motor
7 - Mounting Screws
8 - Trim Lace Butt Joint Notch
WARNING: Keep fingers and other body parts out of sunroof opening at all times.
The sun roof features consists of:
Sun roof glass

Sun roof sun shade
The sunroof power sliding glass panel and sunshade can be positioned anywhere along its travel, rearward of
glass panel front edge.
The sunroof is electrically operated from a switch located in the overhead console. To operate the sunroof the
ignition switch must be in the ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position. The open/close switch is a rocker style
design that opens or closes the sunroof; the vent switch is a push-button design. The 'express-open' function of
the motor is triggered by a single quick press-and-release of the 'open' button. This causes the glass panel to
retract to the open position. The wind deflector will deploy as the glass panel retracts. The operator can control
the position of the glass panel by pressing and holding the open button until the glass panel has reached the
desired position. Both the close and vent buttons also have 'express' functionality. The sunroof will also operate
after the ignition key is turned off and the doors remain closed for customer comfort and convenience while
parking.
DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING
SUNROOF
Refer to SUNROOF DIAGNOSIS TABLE for possible causes. Before beginning sunroof diagnostics verify
that all other power accessories are in proper operating condition. If not, a common electrical problem may
exist.
If the glass panel does not fully move to the desired position the sunroof module may need to be initialized. To
initialize the motor, connect power to the sunroof and press the vent-button until the glass panel has reached the
full-vent position. Once in full vent hold the vent button for 15 seconds. The mechanism will make a click. This
is the indication that the sunroof module is initialized
SUNROOF DIAGNOSIS TABLE
SYMPTOM
Sunroof motor inoperative.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Faulty control switch.
Faulty circuit ground between sunroof module, control
switch, and body harness.
Faulty power circuit between sunroof module, control
switch, and body harness.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 685

Faulty sunroof drive motor.

Faulty sunroof module.
Audible whine when switch is depressed,
Faulty sunroof drive motor.
sunroof does not operate.
Binding cable.
Audible clicking or ratcheting when switch is Broken or worn drive cable.
pressed, sunroof does not operate.
Worn drive motor gear.
Mechanisms not synchronized.
Sunroof vents and opens, but does not close. Faulty circuit.
Faulty drive motor.
Sunroof vents, but does not open.
Binding cable or mechanism.
Faulty circuit.
Faulty switch.
Faulty drive motor. (Initialize the motor).
Sunroof does not vent
Binding cable or mechanism.
Faulty circuit.
Sunroof water leak.
Drain tubes clogged or kinked or disconnected from the
sunroof.
Glass panel improperly adjusted.
Faulty glass panel seal.
Gurgling sound from sunroof
Low spot in drain hose routing, allowing water to stand.
Wind noise from sunroof.
Glass panel compression to the roof opening not consistent.
Wind deflector not deploying properly.
Glass not installed or adjusted properly.
Faulty glass panel seal.
Buzz, Squeak, Rattles from sunroof
Loose or broken attaching hardware.
No lubrication in track.
Worn or broken mechanism.
Cables bunched or kinked.
Sunshade will not function or does not
Sunshade feet out of track.
operate smoothly
Track obstructions or interference.
Glass movement not consistent or glass does Obstruction in track.
not operate smoothly
Cables and Guide alignment.
WATER DRAINAGE AND WIND NOISE DIAGNOSIS
Before beginning diagnosis for wind noise or water leaks, verify that the problem was not caused by releasing
the control switch before the sunroof was fully closed. The sunroof module has a water-management system. If
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 686

however, the sunroof glass is in a partial closed position, high pressure water may be forced beyond the water
management system boundaries and onto the headlining.
The sliding glass panel is designed to seal the opening with a snug but not perfectly water tight fit between the
roof and the seal. The fit can be checked by inserting a business card or equivalent, between the roof and the
seal. The piece of paper should have some resistance when pulled around the opening with the glass panel in the
closed position. This check can only be complete when both the glass seal and the roof are dry. The sunroof
housing will drain off a minimum amount of water. Excessive wind noise could result if the gap clearances are
exceeded. The sunroof glass panel may need to be adjusted. See Body/Sunroof/GLASS, Sunroof Adjustments.
Adequate drainage is provided by a drain trough in the sunroof housing which encircles the sliding glass panel
and leads to drain hoses. If a wet headliner or other water leak complaints are encountered, before performing
any adjustments, first ensure that the drainage system is not plugged or disconnected. Use a pint container to
pour water into the sunroof housing drain trough. If water flow is restricted, use compressed air to blow out any
material plugging the drain system. Retest system again.
To further check for a disconnected drain hose:
NOTE:
Care must be taken not to fold or kink the headliner upon removal.
1. Lower headliner as necessary to gain access to sunroof housing drain tubes. See
Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Removal.
2. Repair as necessary.
CHANNEL, SUNROOF DRAIN
Removal
REMOVAL
1. Remove glass panel. See Body/Sunroof/GLASS, Sunroof - Removal.

2. Remove the connecting arms by pinching the clips and gently pulling outward.
3. Carefully slide water channel forward to release tabs from the guide and remove from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Carefully snap the water channel into guide and slide it rearwards.
Install the connecting arms.
Position glass panel on to mechanism lift arms.
Start the glass attaching screws, and hand tighten.
Adjust sunroof glass. See Body/Sunroof/GLASS, Sunroof - Adjustments.
Verify sunroof operation and alignment.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 687

DEFLECTOR, WIND
Removal
REMOVAL
INCLUDING FRONT HINGES
Fig. 1002: Identifying Sunroof Assembly & Front Deflector Retaining Tabs
1. Fully open sunroof glass panel.
2. Remove sunroof assembly (1). See Body/Sunroof/SUNROOF - Removal.
3. Depress the front deflector retaining tabs (2).
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 688

Fig. 1003: Releasing Hinges From Track Using Small Flat Bladed Tool
NOTE:
Right side shown, left similar.
4. Using a small flat bladed tool (2) or equivalent, release both hinges (1) from the track.
Fig. 1004: Removing Wind Deflector

NOTE:
5. Rotate the hinge feet (1) up and out of the frame (2) and remove wind deflector.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 689

WITHOUT FRONT HINGES
Fig. 1005: Identifying U-Frame Tracks, Clip, & Hinges

NOTE:
1. Using a small flat bladed tool (2) or equivalent, release the both hinges (1) from the U-frame track.
2. Using a small flat bladed tool or equivalent, release the clip (2) portion of the hinges from the U-frame
tracks (3) and separate the hinges (1) from the track.
Fig. 1006: Separating Wind Deflector From Hinges

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 690

NOTE:
Placing a small rolled up piece of paper or equivalent, between the hinge

and the sunroof opening may aid installation of the wind deflector.
3. Using needle-nose pliers (3) squeeze the retaining tabs on the forward hinges (2) and separate the wind
deflector (1) from the hinges.
Fig. 1007: Removing Wind Deflector

4. Slide the wind deflector assembly (1) rearward to the back of the roof opening (2) and remove.
Installation
INSTALLATION
INCLUDING FRONT HINGES
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 691

Fig. 1008: Identifying Sunroof Assembly & Front Deflector Retaining Tabs
1. Position the spring arms down into the trough.
2. Place wind deflector arms in upward position engage the wind deflector blade into the U-frame.
3. Seat the retaining clips (2) fully.
NOTE:
Right side shown, left side similar.
4. Position the wind deflector clips into the frame at the detent and secure outside of clip then the inside of
the clip fully.
5. Verify wind deflector operation.
6. Install the sunroof assembly. See Body/Sunroof/SUNROOF - Installation.
WITHOUT FRONT HINGES
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 692

Fig. 1009: Installing Wind Deflector

1. Position wind deflector assembly (1) into the roof opening (2) and slide forward to the mounting point in
the U-frame.
NOTE:
Right side shown, left side similar.
2. Position the wind deflector clips into the frame at the detent and secure down into the channel fully.
NOTE:
Placing a small rolled up piece of paper or equivalent, between the hinge

and the sunroof opening may aid installation of the wind deflector.
3. Position the front of the wind deflector over the front hinges and seat down onto the retaining clips fully.
GLASS, SUNROOF
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Move the glass panel to the vent position.

Slide sunshade rearward to the open position.
Remove the glass panel screws.
Lift off glass panel and remove from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 693

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Position glass panel on to mechanism lift arms.

Start the attaching screws.
Connect a 12v power supply and move the sunroof to the vent position then to the closed position.
Adjust sunroof glass to fit flush with roof line. See Body/Sunroof/GLASS, Sunroof - Adjustments.
Tighten the screws.
Adjustments
ADJUSTMENT
Fig. 1010: Adjusting Front Of Sunroof Glass

1. Move the sunshade rearward to the open position.
2. Move the sunroof glass panel to the fully closed position.
3. Loosen all glass attachment screws on both sides of the module such that the glass panel is adjustable in
the vertical and fore-aft directions.
4. Cycle the sunroof open, closed, vent and closed again.
5. Standing outside the vehicle (one side at a time with one hand supporting the front corner of the glass
panel) lift the front glass panel corner (3) until it is between flush and slightly under flush (0.00 to - 1.75
mm) with the front roof corner (2). Use your free hand to snug up the glass bolt with sufficient force
(finger tight) that the weight of the glass panel corner is supported. Repeat this process on the other side
of the vehicle.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 694

Fig. 1011: Adjusting Rear Of Sunroof Glass

6. Move to the rear of the sunroof glass panel. Standing outside of the vehicle (one side at a time with one
hand supporting the rear corner of the glass panel) lift the rear glass panel corner (3) until it is between
flush and slightly over flush (0.00 to +1.75mm) with the rear roof corner (2). Use your free hand to snug
up the glass bolt with sufficient force (finger tight) that the weight of the glass panel corner is supported.
Repeat this process on the other side of the vehicle.
7. Check the flushness of the glass panel in the corners with a business card (1) (or other straight edged tool
that won't scratch the glass or roof) held at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle's for/aft centerline. The
preferred glass panel placement for blockage of water/air leaks is flush at all the corners. If this is not
possible, adjust the glass panel's vertical placement within the tolerance ranges described above towards
the flush position.
8. If the glass panel's vertical position needs to be adjusted, loosen the bolt at the corner and make the
necessary adjustments. Tighten the bolt before moving onto the next corner.
9. Once the proper glass position has been achieved, tighten the six glass panel attaching screws to 3.5 N.m
(31 in. lbs.).
10. Check for proper fit. If not OK, repeat glass panel adjustment.
SUNROOF
Removal
REMOVAL
NOTE:
Refer to Body/Seats/SEAT - Description for seat exploded views and call outs.
1. Move glass panel to the fully closed position.

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 695

3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove headliner. See Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Removal.

Disconnect the four drain tubes from sunroof housing.
Disconnect the sunroof wire harness electrical connector.
Loosen fasteners attaching sunroof assembly.
With the help of an assistant, support the sunroof and remove the fasteners attaching sunroof assembly to
roof panel.
8. Remove the sunroof assembly from vehicle.
Installation
INSTALLATION
1. Verify that glass panel is loose and slightly retracted.

2. Raise sunroof module assembly and guide it carefully into position.
3. While supporting the sunroof assembly, start the 12 attaching screws, four along each side rail, two along
the front trough and two along the motor bracket.
4. Locate the alignment holes along the sides of the module assembly and position the holes so that they line
up with the holes located in the roof top support brackets.
5. Install the attaching screws.
6. Connect the electrical connector.
7. Connect the drain tubes to the sunroof.
9. Test sunroof operation, adjust if necessary. See Body/Sunroof/GLASS, Sunroof - Adjustments.
10. Install the headliner. See Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Installation.
SUNSHADE, SUNROOF
Removal
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the water channel. See Body/Sunroof/CHANNEL, Sunroof Drain - Removal.

Cycle sunroof motor to the open position.
Move sunshade towards the closed position stopping three to four inches from the closed position.
Press the sunshade in the cross car direction on one side of the sunshade by applying a side-load to the
shade while pulling up at the front centerline of the sunshade. This will cause one foot to pop out of the
track.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 696

Fig. 1012: Removing Sunroof Sunshade

5. Remove the other front foot by rotating the shade (1) out and resting the foot on the top of the sunroof
frame (2).
6. Pull the shade farther forward in the vehicle and repeat the previous step to remove the rear feet.
7. Remove the sunshade (2).
Installation
INSTALLATION
Fig. 1013: Installing Sunroof Sunshade

steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 697


1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Place one side of the sunshade (1) feet into the top track frame (2).
Arc the sunshade to allow the feet on the opposite side to go into the top track of the frame (2).
Move sunshade to the open position.
Verify that the sunshade moves back and forth properly.
Cycle sunroof towards the closed position.
Position the sunshade so that the handle is in the center of the opening.
Install the water channel. See Body/Sunroof/CHANNEL, Sunroof Drain - Installation.
TUBE, SUNROOF DRAIN

Removal
REMOVAL
FRONT HOSES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Move glass panel to the fully closed position.

Disconnect negative battery cable.
Disconnect the drain hose (1) from the sunroof housing.
Drain any liquid from hose connection.
Remove tube as necessary.
REAR HOSES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Move glass panel to the fully closed position.

Disconnect negative battery cable.
Disconnect the drain hose from the sunroof housing (1).
Drain any liquid from hose connection, if necessary.
Release the push pin fasteners and remove the tube.
Installation
INSTALLATION
FRONT HOSES
1. Connect the new drain hose (1) to the sunroof housing and test drainage.
2. Install headliner. See Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Installation.
3. Verify sunroof operation and alignment.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 698

REAR HOSES
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the rear hose (1) and seat the push pin fasteners fully.
Connect the new drain hose (1) to the sunroof housing and test drainage.
Install headliner. See Body/Interior/HEADLINER - Installation.
Connect the control switch wire connector and install control switch.
steve
Monday, May 23, 2011 1:04:51 PM
Page 699

Body +

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Body +

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

2009 ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

WATER LEAK DETECTION

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

This manual is sold and compiled by

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

apparent after accelerating, stopping, turning, or when on an incline.

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Loose fasteners should be tightened to specifications.

OPEN CELL FOAM Soft foam conforms to

Soft, conformable. Water-

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Prevents closing flutters and

WARNING: Eye protection should be used when servicing components. Personal

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Avoid prolonged skin contact with resin, petroleum, or alcohol based

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Modified Polyphenylene Oxide MPPO

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

EPDM, Nordel, Vistalon

Inner Fender, Spoilers, Kick

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

9. Mix enough adhesive to cover one side of all support squares.

1. Apply a small amount of lubricant directly into the lock cylinder.

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

2. Apply a small amount of lubricant to the key.

Do not add more lubricant.

1. Clean component as described above.

Door Hinges - Hinge Pin and Pivot Contact Areas

MOPAR SPRAY WHITE LUBE OR EQUIVALENT

Door Check Straps

MOPAR MULTIPURPOSE GREASE OR EQUIVALENT

All Other Hood Mechanisms

MOPAR LOCK CYLINDER LUBRICANT OR EQUIVALENT

Door Lock Cylinders

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Fig. 1: Trim Stick C-4755

Fig. 2: Trim Remover, C-4829-A

Fig. 3: Outer Door Belt Molding Remover, 9093

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Fig. 4: Seat Articulation Clip - 9313

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.

2009 Chrysler Town & Country LX

Fig. 5: Identifying Gap And Flush Points

All dimensions are in millimeters.

O/F = Over Flush

2006 Mitchell Repair Information Company, LLC.